• 
 
 • 
 
 ■ 
 1 

 
 THE WORKS 
 
 OF 
 
 Bamtano, 9Ru^-Eope^ 
 
 AND 
 
 attno, 
 
 ON 
 
 THE G*AME OF CHESS; 
 
 TRANSLATED AND ARRANGED : 
 
 WITH 
 
 REMARKS, OBSERVATIONS, AND COPIOUS NOTES 
 
 ON 
 
 THE GAMES. 
 
 CONTAINING, ALSO, 
 
 SEVERAL ORIGINAL GAMES AND SITUATIONS, 
 BY THE EDITOR. 
 
 TO WHICH ARE ADDED, 
 
 The Elements of the Art of Playing without seeing 
 the Board, 
 
 Qui joue un coup en vain 
 Perd an grand avantage, 
 Joueur habile et sage 
 Ne fait rien saus dessein. 
 
 Distraits ne soient tes yeux 
 Ni ta main trop ligdre. 
 Un beau coup s'oiFre l faire, 
 Vois s'il n'est rien de mieux. 
 
 M. DE ST. CSSANS. 
 
 By J. H. Sarratt, 
 
 Author of a Treatise on Chess, &c, and Professor of the Game. 
 JUttDOlti 
 
 PRINTED FOR T. BOOSEY, No. 4, OLD BROAD STREET, 
 
 ROYAL EXCHANGE. 
 1813.
 
 I '4 - 
 
 TO THE 
 
 RIGHT HONOURABLE 
 
 » 
 
 The Lord Viscount Pollington, m.p. 
 
 &c. &c. &c. 
 THIS TREATISE IS INSCRIBED, 
 
 AS A TOKEN OF RESPECT, 
 *Y HIS OBLIGED AND OBEDIENT SERVANT, 
 
 J. H. Sarratt. 
 
 Cucen Street, Blootnsbury, 
 April 1813.
 
 preface* 
 
 IT may be proper for the Editor to 
 state the reasons which have induced him to 
 publish a translation of Damiano, Ruy-Lopez, 
 and Salvio* 
 
 The acknowledged excellence of these works 
 has certainly operated as the principal induce- 
 ment. The Editor has frequently and atten- 
 tively played and examined all the games con- 
 tained in those treatises, and he is strongly 
 impressed with the belief that they are calcu- 
 lated to assist in a material degree unpractised 
 players — to facilitate improvement in those 
 who are already proficients' — and, that they 
 are indispensably necessary to those, who, fa- 
 voured by genius and aptitude, are likely to 
 attain the flattering distinction of first-rate 
 players* 
 
 The numerous amateurs who have heard of 
 these books, and those who have seen the
 
 11 PREFACE. 
 
 very few copies that are extant, are equally 
 anxious to possess them ; they have expressed 
 their regret at the difficulty (if not impossibi- 
 lity) of procuring them, not only in Great 
 Britain, but even in any part of the Conti- 
 nent. Some of the Editor's friends desired their 
 Booksellers, so long ago as the year 1804, to 
 endeavour to obtain them at any price, but 
 their attempts have failed of success. 
 
 Under all these circumstances, the opinion 
 that this translation will be favourably received 
 appears not destitute of probability. 
 
 It must be observed that the Editor has 
 translated merely the Games, Variations^ and 
 Notes which refer to any particular move or 
 situation — all historical or extraneous matter 
 he has totally disregarded ; being unwilling 
 to swell the Work to an unreasonable bulk. 
 
 In Damiano and Lopez, the historical por- 
 tion is comparatively trifling : but in Salvio 
 it is very considerable. 
 
 A few extracts which are not unentertaining 
 will be occasionally introduced. 
 
 It is not improbable, that, to some ama-
 
 PREFACE. iil 
 
 teurs, the method of castling it Vltalienne, which 
 is adopted in some of these games, will appear 
 an insurmountable obstacle. The observation/ 
 " Why should I study a game which I can 
 " never put into practice in this country ?'* 
 will naturally suggest itself ; nevertheless the 
 Editor presumes to think that this objection, 
 when duly considered, will prove to be ground- 
 less. It might be easily demonstrated, that, 
 situations similar to those in which latitude of 
 castling is allowed could occur, even though 
 such latitude were prohibited ; and in those 
 cases the rules which are here given would, of 
 course, prove of great utility : but supposing, 
 for the sake of argument, that such situations 
 could not occur, still it cannot be denied, that, 
 the very skilful moves which are recommended 
 must materially improve a player ; in the 
 same manner that it is universally admitted, 
 that, playing difficult ends of games or criti- 
 cal situations conduces to improvement, even 
 though such critical situations may never hap- 
 pen, and probably never did happen. 
 
 To this it may be added, that, in a great
 
 IV PREFACE* 
 
 proportion of the games contained in these 
 three authors, the Italian method of castling 
 is not adopted. 
 
 The Editor is still of opinion that it is great- 
 ly superior to the Calabrista method — moving 
 the King two squares only ; and he thinks, 
 that, many players will concur with him, af- 
 ter perusing Salvio's treatise. 
 
 DAMIANO. 
 
 Damiaxo is the first who wrote a treatise 
 intended to facilitate the study of the game of 
 Chess*. 
 
 * Jacopo Dacciesole, or Jacobus de Ccesolis, a Domi- 
 nican friar, wrote on Chess before the year 1200; but 
 his book does not contain any rules for playing. It is 
 divided into twenty-four chapters : the first three give an 
 account when and how the game was invented ; the fol- 
 lowing five contain a description of the pieces ; the next 
 eight, a description of the pawns; and the last eight, a 
 description of their moves. 
 
 It was originally written in Latin ; and translated into 
 French by Jehan de Vignay, a monk : from this French 
 version Caiton translated his edition, which was printed
 
 PREFACE. \ 
 
 The title of his work is, " Libro da impa- 
 " rare Giocare a Scachi in Lingua Spagnola 
 <f & Taliana novamente Stampato." 
 
 Mr. Twiss says, " This is a small duodeci- 
 u mo of 128 pages, without name, date, or 
 
 in 1474. This was the first book printed in England 
 with metal types. 
 
 In the year 1266 there came to Florence a Saracen 
 named Buzecca, a very great master of Chess-playing j 
 and in the Palace del Popolo, before Count Guido No- 
 vello, he played at one time on three Chess-boards, with 
 the best masters of Chess in Florence, playing with two 
 by memory, and with the third by sight; and two games 
 he won, and the third he made a drawn game by a perpe- 
 tual check, which circumstance was esteemed marvel- 
 lous. 
 
 (Extracted from Chess; a truly entertaining 
 work by Mr. Twiss, published in 1787.) 
 
 In the Exchequer Office, at Westminster, is preserved 
 a book containing an account of the household expences 
 of Henry VII, almost every page of which is signed by 
 the King himself; in one of them is this article, «« For 
 the King at Tables, Chess, &c. un s. tmt d." 
 
 The names of the Chess-men in the reign of Henry 
 VIII, according to a passage in a book printed in 1519, 
 were Kynges, Quyens, Alfyns, Knyghtis, Rokis, and 
 Paunys. 
 
 (" Chess," Vol. II, p. 38 and 39.)
 
 Vi PREFACE, 
 
 " place : in the title-page is a print from a 
 " coarse engraving in wood, representing a 
 u priest and a monk playing at Chess. One 
 " third of the book is in Italian, containing 
 " some account and the rules of the game : 
 " the remainder is a collection of curious ends 
 " of games (in Spanish prtmoiYg), with a 
 " Chess-board in the middle of each page ; 
 " the explanation at the top is in Italian, and 
 " at the bottom in Spanish : but the figures on 
 " the boards are so badly engraven, that not 
 " one of these games is intelligible. 
 
 " This book is in the King's library ; and 
 " in that of the Royal Society is likewise a 
 " copy, which is the only book on the sub- 
 " jeet there preserved. I was favoured with 
 " the sight of another edition, by the Cheva- 
 u lier de Pinto, in the common print, also 
 " without date or place, but otherwise exactly 
 " like the first, except that it ends thus — 
 " Laus Deo. Finisse el libro da imparare gio- 
 " care a Scachi & delle partite. Coposto 
 " perDamiano Portughese. 
 
 " Lolli mentions this edition, and says, it 
 " was printed at Rome in 1524.
 
 PREFACE. Vll 
 
 " Damiano, among other opinions of the 
 origin of Chess, says," Altri dicano che fureno 
 doi fratelli liquali se chiamareno Lidio & 
 Tirreno, liquali afflitti con una grande fame 
 per passare el tempo & non patire tanta 
 fame & aflittione ordernarno questo gioco & 
 cosi se passarno quello infortunio de modo 
 che con qsto gioco passaveno il tempo & 
 non mangiaveno se non tre volte in duoi 
 giorni." 
 
 Thus translated by James Rowbothutn ;-~* 
 Other some saye that they were two bre- 
 thren : the one named Lidie, and the other 
 Tirrhene, who, beinge afflicted with great 
 hunger and famine, did invent this playe ; 
 to the end, that in playinge of it, they might 
 employe their spirites so vehemently that 
 they might more easily passe the faminall 
 affliction : and indeede they passed the 
 tyme so well, that they made but three 
 meales in twoodayes." 
 The copy in the Editor's possession was 
 printed at Venice in 1564 -, and is entitled ;
 
 Vlll PREFACE. 
 
 " Libro da imparare a giocar a Scachi, con bellissiini part it i, 
 
 & molte suttilita. 
 " Revisto, et Corretto, cod sumnia diligentia, da molti farao- 
 
 " sissimi Giocatori. 
 " Id lingua Spagnola & Taliana, uuovaraente Stanipato. 
 
 u Id Veoetia — Appresso Steffano Zazzara." 
 M.D.LXIIII. 
 
 It is divided into ten chapters : the first con- 
 tains the names of the pieces, their situations, 
 and some general rules ; the second is entitled 
 " Del primo modo di giocare," the first me- 
 thod of playing- ; that is, beginning with 
 the King's pawn : the third chapter treats 
 of the second method of playing" ; i. e. be- 
 ginning with the Queen's pawn : in the 
 fourth is inserted the method of playing when 
 the odds of the pawn for the move are given : 
 the fifth contains games in which the pawn and 
 move are given : the sixth, games in which 
 the Knight is given for the pawn and move ; 
 all these games appear to be entitled to unquali- 
 fied approbation : the seventh chapter contains 
 games in which the Knight is given : in the 
 eighth chapter are inserted the subtle moves 
 (" tratti suff Hi") called, in " vulgar" Spanish,
 
 PREFACE. IX 
 
 hrimores ; they are sixteen in number : the 
 ninth chapter contains his well-known ends of 
 games ; these Damiano calls " Giochi de i 
 hartiti ,•" they are in number sixty-eight; 
 the tenth and last chapter contains the Ele- 
 ments of the Art of Playing -without seeing the 
 Board. 
 
 Of these ten chapters the Editor has trans- 
 lated only seven : he has not translated thefrst 
 chapter, from a belief that it contains nothing" 
 that is either instructive or entertaining. In 
 speaking of the pawns ^ Damiano says, " El 
 movimento della pedona e la prima volta an- 
 dare tre case se vole ;" but no doubt he in- 
 cludes the square on which the pawn is origi- 
 nally placed. 
 
 The eighth and ninth chapters the Editor has 
 omitted, from a conviction, that, all Damia- 
 no's " subtle moves" and ends of games have 
 already been published. They are to be found 
 in the works of Lolli ; Dr. Ercole dal Bio's 
 treatise •, Cozio, and Siamma ; and in les Stra- 
 tasrbnes des Echecs, &c. 
 
 The degree of skill which is conspicuous in
 
 X PREFACE. 
 
 the greater number of these ends of games 
 cannot be surpassed. 
 
 It is rather singular that Mr. Twiss does not 
 mention Damiano's directions {or playing with- 
 out seeing the board*. In the copy which is in 
 
 * The following players are recorded as having excelled 
 in the art of playing without seeing the board : 
 
 Buzecca, a Saracen ; 
 
 Dr. Salvio ; 
 
 Mangiolino, of Florence ; 
 
 Paolo Boi, of Syracuse ; 
 
 Zerone ; ~\ 
 
 Medrano ; > all Spaniards 
 
 Ruy- Lopez ; J 
 and 
 
 Philidor. 
 Keyster, in his account of Turin, in 1749, says, 
 €t The late Fatlier Sacchieri of Turin was a remarkable 
 " instance of the strength of human understanding, par- 
 <* ticularly that faculty of the soul, we term memory. 
 " He could play at Chess with three different persons at 
 f the same time, even without seeing any one of the 
 " Chess-boards. He required no more than that his 
 " substitute sl'.ould tell him what piece his antagonist 
 (i had moved, and Sacchieri could direct what step was 
 " to be taken on his side, holding at the same time con- 
 " venation with the company present. If any dispute 
 (t arose about the place where any piece should be, he
 
 PHEFACE. XI 
 
 the Editor's possession, these directions occupy 
 several very closely printed pages : they are 
 entitled " Dell arte del giocare alia mente." 
 
 The greater part of Damia.no's treatise was 
 translated into English, and published in Lon- 
 don in the year 1562 : it is entitled " The 
 pleasauntand wittieplayeof the Cheasts renew- 
 ed. Lately translated out of Italian intoFrench, 
 and now set furth in Englishe, by James 
 Rowbothum. Printed at London, 1562." 
 
 This work is exceedingly scarce : the only 
 copy that the Editor ever saw, is in the pos- 
 
 " could tell every move that had been made not only 
 " by himself, but by his antagonist from the beginning 
 f( of the game ; and, in this manner, incontestably decide 
 *' the proper place of the piece. This uncommon dex- 
 " terity at the game of Chess appears to me almost 
 " the greatest instance that can be produced of a surpris- 
 " ing memory." 
 
 Verci says, " Father Sacchieri, Lecturer of Mathema- 
 " ticks in Pavia, played to perfection on four Chess- 
 " boards at the same time." 
 
 If these accounts be accurate, Sacchieri's talents in that 
 department were unquestionably superior to those of any 
 other Chess-player. 
 
 b
 
 XI 1 PREFACE. 
 
 session of the Hon. G. J, Tuchef*, only son of 
 the Lord Audley. 
 
 * The Hon. G. J. Tuchet has a remarkably valuable 
 collection of Chess-books : he possesses also a very scarce 
 and curious book containing a description of a game to be 
 played on a board with squares (a). 
 
 It is printed in black letter, and is entitled, " The most 
 ancient and learned playe, called the Philosopher's game : 
 invented for the honest recreation of students, and other 
 sober persons in passing the tedious of tyme, to the release 
 of their labours and the exercise of their wittes. By 
 W. F." 
 
 It begins thus : " That moste auncient and learned 
 Playe called the Philosopher's game, being in greek 
 termed /ud/xo/x«%*«, is as much as to save in Englishe 
 the battell of numbers," &c. At the end is : " Prynt- 
 ed at London by Rowland Hall for James Rowbothum, 
 and are to be solde at his shoppe in Chepcside, under 
 Bowe church. 1563. 
 
 " All things belonging to this game 
 for reason yon may bye •. 
 at the Bookc shop under Bochurch 
 in Chepcside redilye." 
 
 (a) There is another copy in His Majesty's library ; but it wants 
 ihc title.
 
 PREFACE. Xlll 
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 The first edition of Ruy-Lojiez was printed 
 in 1561 : it is in Spanish, and is entitled 
 " Libro dela Invencion liberal y Arte del juego 
 del Axedrez, por Ruy-Lopez de Sigma, cle- 
 rigo, vezino dela villa Cafra. Dirigida al 
 muy illustre Senor Don Garcia de Toledo, ayo 
 y mayordomo del serenissimo principe don 
 Carlos nuestro Senor." 
 
 It contains sixty-six games, of which twen- 
 ty-four are from Damiano. The only copy 
 that the Editor ever heard of (for he did not 
 see it) was in the library of Count Bruhl. 
 
 There is a copy of Ruy-Lopez' treatise in the 
 British Museum : it is wholly in Italian, and 
 was printed in 1584. 
 
 The copy in the possession of the Editor is 
 a French translation, published at Brussels, in 
 1655 : it was given to him some years ag*o, by 
 the Hon. G. J. Tuchet. 
 
 Although Lopez has attempted to criticise 
 Damiano, he appears to be inferior to him in 
 point of skill : yet his games are, perhaps, more
 
 iiy PREFACE. 
 
 instructive than Damiano's, because Lopez has 
 inserted a much greater number of Variations : 
 and it must be acknowledged that some of 
 them are exceedingly well played. 
 
 His favourite opening seems to be, the playing 
 of the King's Bishop's Pawn two moves at the 
 fourth move of the game, after both parties 
 have played their Kings Bishops to their 
 Queens' Bishops' fourth squares ; and their 
 Queens to their Adversaries Kings' Rooks* 
 fourth squares. This is a species of Gambit, 
 and it is perhaps a safer game than the common 
 Gambit ; as the Gambit's pawn cannot securely 
 be supported. Greco has inserted several of 
 these games, which are all extracted from 
 Lopez. 
 
 The copy which is in the British Museum 
 contains many games, in which the odds of 
 the pawn and move, Knight, &c. are given ; 
 but they do not materially differ from Dami- 
 ano's.
 
 PREFACE. XV 
 
 SALVIO. 
 
 This work, perhaps the best that was ever 
 written on Chess, is entitled " II Puttino, al- 
 " tramente detto, il Cavaliero Errante, del 
 " Salvio, sopra el gioco de Scacchi, Napoli, 
 " 1604*." The first part of this work contains 
 an historical account of the game, and nume- 
 rous anecdotes of eminent players ; particularly 
 of Leonardo da Cutri. The second part con- 
 tains many games, and ends of games. 
 
 Leonardo excelled in the game of Chess at so 
 early an age, that he was known by the ap^ 
 pellation of "/'/ Puttino" the boy. He was 
 at Rome in the year 1574, and" Ruy-Lo/iez 
 (who had gone to solicit the grant of a vacant 
 benefice from Pope Gregory the 14th) played 
 with Leonardo two successive days, and defeat- 
 ed him. 
 
 Leonardo, greatly distressed, immediately left 
 Rome, and went to Naples, where he closely 
 
 * Mr. Twiss mentions another edition printed at Na- 
 plesj in \G3-i.
 
 Xvi PREFACE. 
 
 applied himself for two years to the study of 
 Chess. He then departed for Cutri, in Cala- 
 bria, his native place : and, learning that his 
 brother had been taken by Corsairs, he set out 
 to ransom him. Leonardo agreed with the 
 Reis, or Captain of the galley, that his brother 
 should be liberated for two hundred crowns. 
 The Reis was a Chess-player, and Leonardo won 
 his brother's ransom, and two hundred crowns 
 more. He afterwards went to Genoa, Mar- 
 seilles, Barcelona, and Madrid ; and defeated 
 all the most celebrated players in those cities. 
 At Madrid he met with his former victorious 
 opponent Ruy-Lofiez, and played with him in 
 the presence of Philip II. The result of 
 this second match was very different from that 
 of the first : Leonardo was the conqueror, 
 and received a very valuable present from the 
 King. 
 
 At Lisbon he defeated an excellent player, 
 called it Moro : and the King, after rewarding 
 him munificently, bestowed upon him the title 
 of K night Errant. 
 
 On his return to Italy, he met with the re-
 
 PREFACE. XVI 1 
 
 nowned Paolo Boi*, and contended with him 
 three succesive days : Paolo Boi played the 
 Gambit, and Leonardo took and supported the 
 Gambit's pawn. The first two days each cham- 
 pion won an equal number of games : on the 
 third, Paolo Boi was conquered ; but Salvio 
 acknowledges that he was indisposed. 
 
 It is remarkable that these two celebrated 
 players perished by poison. Leonardo was 
 poisoned in the palace of Prince Bisignano, in 
 Calabria, at the age of forty-six. Paolo Boi, 
 at the age of seventy, was poisoned in 1 598 
 by his servant, who knew him to be very 
 opulent. 
 
 With very few exceptions, Salvio's games 
 are admirably played : all his Gambits have 
 been imitated, and even copied, by every player 
 who has written on Chess ; even by Greco and 
 Philidor. 
 
 * Paolo Boi was a native of Syracuse in Sicily. He 
 was taken by an Algerine Corsair, and sold for a slave. 
 His master discovered his great skill at Chess ; and having 
 won considerably by his lessons and advice, he made him 
 a present of a thousand zechins, and gave him his liberty.
 
 XviH PREFACE. 
 
 The game so well known by the name of 
 Salvia! 1 * Gambit, is remarkable for the num- 
 ber of its Variations ; all of which exhibit 
 great skill: but, nevertheless, it certainly is not 
 so instructive as the gambit in which the attack- 
 ing player sacrifices his King's Knight. 
 
 The Editor again expresses his belief, 
 that the works of thess three eminent players 
 will be found to be entitled to the approbation 
 of Chess-players in general : and with this 
 pleasing hope, he submits the translation to the 
 Public. 
 
 Queen Street, Bloomsburv, 
 April 1813.
 
 Bamtano* 
 
 FIRST GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. The same, (a) 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 (a) If he should retire his Kt., you must play your Kt. to 
 his Q. B. third square, and you will capture his Queen. 
 
 B
 
 2 DAMIANO. 
 
 6. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 8. 
 
 JJ\ Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 J5. Q. Kt. to Q. second square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. B. P. takes the P. on its K. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her third square. 
 
 11. 
 
 TV. K. B. P. takes the P. on the adversary's K. 
 
 fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her B. third square, (b) 
 
 (b) If he take your P. with his Kt., you must play your 
 Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square, and he cannot avoid the loss 
 of a piece ; and if he take it with his Q., you must exchange 
 Queens, aud then take his Q. B. P. by check, and you will 
 win his Q. R.
 
 DAMIANO. 3 
 
 12. 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her B. fourth square, (c) 
 
 13. 
 W. Q. B. to its K. third square, (d) 
 B. Loses his Queen. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the eleventh move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. TIw same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square, 
 B. Tlie same, 
 
 3. 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. Tliesame. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 5, 
 W. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 (c) He cannot take your K. B. without losing his Queen. 
 
 (d) You may likewise move your Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 B 2
 
 4 DAMIANO. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. P. tivo squares. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 W. K. B. P. tvco squares. 
 B. Q. P. *ate* #. Kt. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. to Q. second square. 
 
 y. 
 
 W. Q. lift, fo i/* B. tJiird square. 
 
 B. A". B. P. takes the P. on its K. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. Kt. to adcersary's Q. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her third square. 
 
 11. 
 W. K. B. P. takes the P. on the adversary's K. fourth 
 square. 
 
 B. Q. to her B. fourth square. 
 
 12. 
 IV. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 B. Q. checks on her R. fourth square. 
 
 13. 
 W. Q. B interposes, (a) 
 B. Q. to her B. fourth square. 
 
 (a) It would save time if the K. Kt. P. were moved 
 two squares, imtcad of interposing the Q. B.
 
 DAMIANO. 
 
 14. 
 IV. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. to her B. third square. 
 
 15. 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her K. Kt. third square. 
 
 16. 
 W. Q. takes Q. 
 B. K. R. P. takes Q. 
 
 17. 
 /r. Q. Kt. takes Q. B. P., and checks. 
 B. Loses Q. R. and the game.
 
 DAMIANO. 
 
 SECOND GAME. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 6. 
 JV. K. R. to its B. square- 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, (a) 
 
 (a) If he play his Q. B. to its Q. third square, you must 
 exchange Bishops, and then move your Queen to her Kt. third 
 iquare.
 
 DAMIANO. « 
 
 7. 
 JV. Q. to her Kt. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 8. 
 JV. K. B. takes the K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 9. 
 JV. Q. to her R. fourth square. 
 B. K. takes K. B. or (b) 
 
 10. 
 JV. Q. takes Q. Kt., &c. 
 
 (b) B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. Kt. P. two squares, (c) 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 
 11. 
 W. Q. takes Q. Kt., &c. 
 
 (c) It would be much better to move the K. Kt. to ad- 
 versary's K. Kt. fourth square, and then to adversary's K. 
 third square.
 
 8 DAMIANO. 
 
 THIRD GAME, 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. K. B. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 4. 
 
 /F. Q. cheeks on the adversary's K. R. fourth 
 
 square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 B. Q. to K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. takes K. R. 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 JV. K. to his Q. square, &c.
 
 DAMIANO. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the fourth move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square r 
 B. K.B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. K. B. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. checks on the adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. K. to his second square. 
 
 5. 
 IF. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 B. K. to his B. second square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. B. checks on its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. third square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. Q. gives check on the adversary's K. B. 
 
 fourth square. 
 B. K. to his II. third square.
 
 10 DAMIAXO. 
 
 8. 
 JV. Q. P. one square, checking by discovery. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 9. 
 JV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 10. 
 JV. K. It. P. takes K. Kt. P., and checks 
 with the Rook and with the Pawn, (a) 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 II. 
 IV. Q. checks on the adversary's K. fourth 
 
 square. 
 B. K. Kt. interposes. 
 
 12. 
 IV. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. takes K. R. P. 
 
 13. 
 JV. Q. takes Q. 
 B. K. takes Q. 
 
 14. 
 JV. K. B. takes Q. P., and White remains with 
 seven Pawns against four. 
 
 (a) If, iustead of this move, you were to play your Q. to 
 his K. B. second square, he could uot avoid being checkmated 
 in three moves.
 
 DAMIANO. 1 1 
 
 VARIATION of this last GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the sixth move of tlie Black. 
 
 I. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2, 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. K.B. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. checks on the adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. K. to his second square. 
 
 5. 
 \V. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 B. K. to his B. second square. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. B. checks on the Q. B. fourth square, 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 W. K. B. takes Q. P., and checks. 
 B. K. to his Kt. third square. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. R. P. one square.
 
 12 DAMIANO. 
 
 9. 
 W. KB. takes Q. Kt.P. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square. (0) 
 
 10. 
 IV. Q. to adversary's Q. R. fourth square. 
 B. Must lose a piece. 
 
 (a) He cannot take your Bishop without being checkmated.
 
 DAMIANO. 13 
 
 FOURTH GAME, 
 
 QUEENS GAMBIT, (a) 
 
 1. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 
 TV. Q. R. P. two squares, {b) 
 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. R. P. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. takes Q. R. P. 
 
 (a) The circumstance of Damiano's teaching the Queen's 
 Gambit in the l6th century, is a proof that Stamma (who 
 lived in the 18th century) did not invent it. Philidor seems 
 to have adopted that erroneous opinion, as he calls it " I^e 
 Gambit d'Alep ;" because Stamma was a native of Aleppo. 
 
 (b) If he take your Q. R. P. with hisQ. Kt. P., you must 
 take his Q. P. with your K. B., and then move your Q. Kt. to 
 its B. thud square, and your game will be much superior to 
 
 his.
 
 14 DAMIANO. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. takes it. 
 
 7. 
 JV. K. R takes Q. B. P., and checks. 
 B. Q. B. interposes. 
 
 8. 
 JV. Q. takes the P. on her Kt. third square. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. B. 
 
 9. 
 JV. Q. takes Q. B., and checks. 
 B. Q. interposes. 
 
 10. 
 JF. Q. takes Q. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q., &c.
 
 DAMIANO. 1 5 
 
 FIFTH GAME. 
 
 Teaching the best Method of Playing when the 
 King's Bishop's Pazvn is given for the Advan- 
 tage of the Move. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 IV. Q. gives check on the adversary's K. R. 
 fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 JV. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. Q. interposes. 
 JV. Q. takes K. R.
 
 16 DAMIANO. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. third square, 
 
 checking by discovery. 
 W. K. B. interposes. 
 
 7. 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. R. 
 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square, and 
 Black cannot avoid losing his Kt. after 
 an exchange of Queens has taken place. 
 
 FIRST VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the third move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. Tfie same. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 fV, Q. P. two squares.
 
 DAMIANO. 1 7 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 TV. Q. checks on the adversary's K. R. fourth 
 
 square, 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 TV. Q. checks on the adversary's K. fourth 
 
 square. 
 
 6. 
 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 TV. Q. takes K. R. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. third square, 
 
 giving check by discovery. 
 
 TV. K. B. interposes. 
 
 8. 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. R. 
 
 TV. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square, &c. &c. 
 
 VARIATION of this last GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the seventh move of the Black, 
 
 1. 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 c
 
 18 DAMIANO. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 W. K. B. P. tioo squares. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 W. Q. P. ttvo squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 W. Q. checks on the adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 W. Q. checks on the adversary's K. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 W. Q. takes K. R. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. checks on the adversary's K. R. fourth 
 
 square. 
 IV. K. to Q. square. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. second square, 
 
 giving check. 
 W. K. to his second square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. R. 
 
 IV. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square, giving 
 check.
 
 DAMIANO. 
 
 19 
 
 10. 
 
 B. K. B. to his K. second square. 
 
 W. Q. takes the P. at her K. B. fourth square; 
 and you will win his Kt. whether the 
 Black exchange Queens or not.. 
 
 ANOTHER VARIATION of the same 
 GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the fourth move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 «. 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 3. 
 B. K.P. takes K. B. P. 
 W. Q. P. tico squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 W, K. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 C2
 
 20 DAMIANO. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. fourth square. 
 IV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 JB. Q. gives check at adversary's Q. Kt. fourth 
 
 square. 
 TV. K. to B. second square. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square, or its 
 
 Q. Kt. third square. 
 TV. Q. gives check at adversary's K. R. fourth 
 square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 TV. Q. takes K Kt. P., and afterwards the P. 
 at her K. B. fourth square; and you have 
 a much superior game to your adver- 
 sary. 
 
 VARIATION of this last GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the seventh move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 B. K. P. two squares, 
 \V. The same.
 
 DAMIANO. 2i 
 
 2. 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 W. K.B.P. two squares. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K . Kt. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 W. The same. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. fourth square. 
 W. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. B. to its Kt. second square. 
 TV. Q. R. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. R. third square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 10. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 W. K. Kt. to its Q. fourth square.
 
 22 DAMIANO. 
 
 II. 
 B. K. B. takes K. P. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B fourth square. 
 
 12. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. third square. 
 IV Q. B. takes K. P. at its K. B. fourth 
 square. 
 
 13. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 IV. Q. B. takes K. B. 
 
 14. 
 B. K. R. to itsKt. square, (a) 
 IV. Q. B. to adversary's Q. third square, giving 
 check by discovery. 
 
 15. 
 B. K. to his B. second square. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. second square, giving 
 check. 
 
 16. 
 B. K. to his Kt. third square. 
 IV. Q. to her K. third square. 
 
 17. 
 B. Q. to her K. Kt. fourth square. (£) 
 IV. K. B. checks on his Q. third square. 
 
 (a) Castling is so obviously a better move, that we are war- 
 ranted in supposing it was not customary to castle when 
 Damiano published his treatise. 
 
 (b) He cannot take your Bishop without losing his Queen.
 
 DAMIANO. 23 
 
 18. 
 B. K. to his R. fourth square, (c) 
 W. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 
 19. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. third square. 
 W. K. R. to its B. square. 
 
 20. 
 B. Black must be checkmated in a few moves. 
 If he take your Q. Kt. P. with hisQ., 
 your best move is your Q. B. to your 
 adversary's K. fourth square. 
 
 (c) He would lose his Queen were he to play his King to his 
 Book's third square.
 
 24 DAMIANO. 
 
 SIXTH GAME. 
 
 Teaching the Method of Playing when the Odds 
 of Pawn and Move are given. 
 
 I. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 IV.. Q. Kt. to B. third square. 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. takes Q., and checks. 
 B. K. takes Q. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. B. to Q. third square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. Kt. to K. second square. 
 B. K. to Q. B. second square.
 
 DAMIANO; 25 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its third square. 
 B. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. to his second square. 
 jB. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 10. 
 TV. K. B. P. one square, interposing. 
 jB. Q. B. to K. third square. 
 
 11. 
 TV. K. R. P. one square. 
 JB. Q. Kt. to Q. second square. 
 
 12. 
 TV. Q. B. to K. third square. 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 13. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to Queen's square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 14. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 jB. K. B. to its Q. R. fourth square. 
 
 15. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to K. B. second square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 16. 
 TV. K. B. to Q. B. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares.
 
 26 DAMIANO. 
 
 17. 
 W. Q. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 
 18. 
 W. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. B. to Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 19. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its K. R. third square. 
 B. Q. B. takes the Q. Kt. 
 
 20. 
 IV. K. R. takes the Q. B. 
 
 Dam i a no leaves off at this move ; and ob- 
 serves, that the White has decidedly the best of 
 the game: this is true; but, nevertheless, it 
 does not appear improbable that a superior 
 player might draw the game. Upon the whole, 
 this game is well played, with the exception of 
 the Black's ninth move. The check with the 
 Queen's Bishop is very exceptionable : instead 
 of that move, the Black ought to play Q. Kt. to 
 Q. second square. It appears, also, that White 
 plays ill in moving K. R. P. one square (move 
 1 1th). It were better to move it two squares, 
 as, in that case, he would not be obliged to 
 lose a move by playing it to its fourth square, 
 which he is compelled to do at the eighteenth 
 move.
 
 DAMIANO. 27 
 
 SEVENTH GAME. 
 
 Showing the Method of Playing when the 
 Knight is given for the King's Bishop's Pawn. 
 
 1. 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 W. The same, (a) 
 
 (a) This is an exceptionable move ; as Black may play 
 
 3. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. B. fourth square, and checks. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square, 
 W. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 W> K. B. to Kt. second square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 W. Cannot take it, and therefore has a bad game.
 
 28 DAMIANO. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 W. K. P. takes K. P. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. gives check on the adversary's K. R. 
 
 fourth square. 
 IV, K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. gives check on the adversary's K. fourth 
 
 square. 
 W, Q. interposes ; and forces an exchange of 
 Queens. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the third move of the Black. 
 
 I. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. K . P. one square. 
 
 'I- 
 B. Q. P. tito squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 IV. Q. B. P. two squares.
 
 DAMIANO. 29 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. B. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. takes Q. B. P. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. takes the P. on the adversary's Q. 
 fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, giv- 
 ing check. 
 TV. K. to his Q. second square. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. B. takes K. R. P. 
 
 TV. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. B. second square, 
 giving check. 
 
 9. 
 
 B. K. to his Q. square, (a) 
 TV. Q. Kt. takes Q. R., &c. 
 
 (a) It is almost needless to observe that he cannot take 
 your Knight without losing his Queen.
 
 3() DAMIANO. 
 
 VARIATION of this last GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the sixth move qftlie Black, 
 
 I. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. Q. P. tux> squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 S. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 \V. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 W. Q. B. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. taite* Q. fl. P. 
 W. Q. Kt. to itsB. third square. 
 
 6. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square, or Q. B. to 
 
 its K. third square. 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 
 giving check.
 
 DAMIANO. 31 
 
 7. 
 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 W, Q. to her R. fourth square, and the Black 
 must exchange Queens, to avoid losing 
 his Queen's Pawn ; in which case the 
 White has a decided advantage, (a) 
 
 (a) If, when you give check with your King's Bishop, he 
 should, instead of playing his Queen's Bishop to its Queen's 
 second square, move his King to his second square, you should 
 play 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. to her R. fourth square. 
 W. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. to her Kt. third square ; and if, at the eighth move, he 
 should not play his Queen to her Rook's fourth square, you 
 should play your Queen's Bishop to its Rook's third square, 
 and then take his King's Bishop : in either case your game is 
 much better than his.
 
 32 DAMIANO. 
 
 EIGHTH GAME. 
 
 Exemplifying another Method of Playing when 
 the Queen* s Knight is given for the King's 
 Bishops Pawn. 
 
 I. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. B. P. takes K. P. 
 JV. Q. gives check on the adversary's K. R. 
 fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 IV. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 //'. Q. takes the P. at her K. fourth square, (a) 
 and forces an exchange of Queens. 
 
 (a) This is obviously a mistake, because White can take 
 K. R. without incurring the least danger.
 
 DAMIANO. 33 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the second move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares, 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square, (a) 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 IV. Q. B. P. two squares, 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 W. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. B. to its K. R. fourth square. 
 
 (a) [f he push his King's Pawn one square, you must take it 
 with your Queen's Pawn ; and if he retake with his Queen's 
 Pawn, exchange Queens, and then move your Knight to his 
 King's Knight fourth square, and you will win a Pawn. 
 
 D
 
 34 DAMIANO. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 IV. Q. B. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 IV. K. P. takes K. 15. P. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. P. 
 
 IV m Q. Kt. to its Q. second square, and after- 
 wards to its K. fourth square, and you 
 have a very good game.
 
 DAMIANO. 
 
 35 
 
 NINTH GAME. 
 
 Teaching you how to play when you receive the 
 Queen's Knight. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares 
 
 TV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 J3. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 W. Q. P. one square, {a) 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 TV. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 (a) This move is exceptionable, as the Black may gain a 
 Pawn. 
 
 D 2
 
 36 DAMIANO. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 JV. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. B. to its K. R. fourth square. 
 IV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 10. 
 J5. Q. B. to its K. Kt. third square, (or b) 
 TV. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 This game appears to be exceedingly ill 
 played. 
 
 10. 
 (b) B. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 
 W. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. 
 11. 
 
 B. Q. B. takes K. R. P. 
 W. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 
 12. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 W. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 13. 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 IV. K. Kt. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 14. 
 B. K. to his own square. 
 IV. K. Kt. takes Q. B., and White wins casilv.
 
 LOPEZ.
 
 £opej- 
 
 FIRST GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. Q. to her B. second square. 
 J5. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4, 
 JV, K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. («) 
 
 5. 
 /F". K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes the Q. P. 
 
 (a) It would, perhaps, be better to move his Queen to her 
 King's second square.
 
 40 LOPEZ. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. B. P. takes the K. P. 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 giving check. 
 
 8. 
 JV, Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. castles, and your game is very good.
 
 LOPEZ. 41 
 
 SECOND GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. Q. to her B. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. second 
 square. («) 
 
 (a ) If he should give you check by moving his King's Bishop to 
 your King's Bishop's second square, you must move your King 
 to his second square ; and, if he do not retire his Bishop, you 
 must move your King's Rook's Pawn one square, and you will 
 win a piece. If he retire his Bishop, you should take his 
 King's Pawn with your King's Bishop's Pawn, and you will 
 have by much the best of the game.
 
 42 LOPEZ. 
 
 6. 
 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. (b) 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 i?. Must lose the game. 
 
 FIRST VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the fourth move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 W. it. P. tico squares. 
 B. 77ie same. 
 
 '2. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 \V. Q. to her B. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 (b) If he take your King's Rook with his Knight, you 
 must take his King's Bishop with your Queen's Pawn, and the 
 game will be decidedly in your favor, from the certainty of 
 your being able to win his King's Knight ; thus gaiuing two 
 pieces for your Rook.
 
 LOPEZ. 43 
 
 4. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 5. 
 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 6. 
 
 IV. Q. B. takes the P. on its K. B. fourth square, 
 and the White has a much better game 
 than his adversary. 
 
 SECOND VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the fourth move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. TJie same. 
 
 2. 
 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 rt 
 O. 
 
 W. Q. to herB. second square. 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square.
 
 44 LOPEZ. 
 
 4. 
 \V. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 5. 
 
 JV. K. R. takes K. B. (a) 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 6. 
 
 JV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 JV. Q. to her K. B. second square. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. third square. 
 
 8. 
 JV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 IV. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. Kt. P. takes K. B. 
 
 10. 
 
 JV. Q. B. takes the P. on its K. B. fourth 
 square, &c. 
 
 (a) It would be bad play to take his King's Pawn with 
 your King's Bishop's Pawn, as he would take your King's 
 Hook's Pawn with hu King's Bishop.
 
 LOPEZ. 45 
 
 VARIATION of this last GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the seventh move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. to her B. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K.B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. K. P. takes K.B. P. 
 
 6. 
 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. Kt.to its R. fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. to her K. B. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares.
 
 46 LOPEZ* 
 
 8. 
 JV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 JB. K. Kt. to its second square, (or, d) 
 
 9- 
 IV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 (d) B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 9- 
 IV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 10. 
 W. K. R. P. takes the P. on its K. Kt. third square. 
 B. K. R. P. one square, (or, e) 
 
 1!. 
 W. K. R. to its B. square, Ac. 
 
 (e) B. K. Kt. to its square. 
 
 11. 
 W. K. R. to its B. square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 12. 
 IV Q. to her K. R. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its square. 
 
 13. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. Must los*- the game.
 
 LOPEZ. 47 
 
 10. 
 IV. Q. takes K. P. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 IV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. P. one square, (or, /) 
 
 (J) B. K. Kt. to its K. third square. 
 12. 
 W. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. R. to its K. Kt. square. 
 
 13. 
 W. Q. to her K. R. second square. 
 B. K. R. P. takes the P. on its K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 14. 
 W. K. B. to its K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 15. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. second square. 
 B. K. R. to its K. Kt. second square. 
 
 16. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. third square. 
 B. K. R. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 
 17. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. square, and checks. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. square. 
 
 18. 
 W. Q. takes Q. 
 B, K. Kt. takes Q. 
 
 9- 
 W. K. B, to adversary's K. B. fourth square, &c.
 
 48 LOPEZ. 
 
 12. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. third square. 
 
 13. 
 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 giving check ; and the game is decidedly 
 in your favor. 
 
 At the twelfth move of this Variation, if 
 instead of playing his Knight to its King's third 
 square, he should play it to its Bishop's fourth 
 square, you must play as follows : 
 
 13. 
 
 IV. Q. to her K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. R. P. 
 
 14. 
 
 IV. Q. gives check on the adversary's K. R. 
 
 fourth square. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 15. 
 
 IV. Q. B. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. B. P. takes Q. B.
 
 LOPEZ. 49 
 
 16. 
 IF. K. R. checks at its K. B. square. 
 B. K. plays any where. 
 
 17. 
 JV. Q. to adversary's K. B. second square, 
 and checkmates. 
 
 E
 
 50 LOPEZ. 
 
 THIRD GAME. 
 
 5 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 JB. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. B. P. takes K. P. (a) 
 B. K. B. to the adversary's Q. Kt. fourtli 
 square, and checks. (If) 
 
 (a) It would certainly be better to push the King's Pawn 
 one square. 
 
 (b) If instead of this move he should retire his King's Bishop 
 to its Queen's Knight third square, vou should move your 
 King's Pawn one square, and your game would be better than 
 
 his.
 
 LOPEZ. 51 
 
 W. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 
 IV. Q. Kt. takes K. B., &c. (c) 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the fifth move of the White. 
 
 I- 
 
 W. K. P. two squares* 
 
 B. Tiie same. 
 
 <2. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 E. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 (c) It is rather surprising that Lopez should have given 
 this game as an example of a good opening for the White, 
 when he afterwards inserts it among those in which he pro- 
 fesses to teach the player who has not the move to defend him- 
 self properly. There can be no doubt, however, of its being 
 (in the situation he leaves it) by far in favor of the Black, as 
 the move (he himself directs) of the Queen's Pawn two squares 
 disunites the White's central Pawns, and leaves his Queen's 
 Pawn isolated. [Vide page 58.] 
 
 E 2
 
 52 LOPEZ. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square, (d) 
 
 6. 
 IV K. B. to adversary's Q. fourth square, (c) 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. (J) 
 
 7. 
 //'. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. B. P. takes K. B. 
 
 8. 
 IV. Q. P. takes K. P., and you have a good 
 game. 
 
 (d) If he should move his Queen to her King's second 
 square, you should take the King's Pawn with your Queen's 
 Bishop's Pawn. 
 
 (e) It would be better to take the King's Bishop's Pawn 
 with your King's Bishop. 
 
 (]') If he should take your King's Bishop's Pawn with his 
 King's Knight, you must take his Knight with your King.
 
 LOPEZ. 53 
 
 FOURTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IF. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 Q. 
 IF. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 IF. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 IF. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 IF. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. takes K. B. fa) 
 
 (a) If, instead of taking your King's Bishop, he should move 
 his King to his Bishop's square, you must move your Queen to 
 her King's Bishop's third square.
 
 54> LOPEZ. 
 
 7. 
 IV. Q. to adversary's Q. fourth square, aad 
 
 checks. 
 B. K. to his square. 
 
 8- 
 W. Q. takes K. Kt., &c. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the sixth move of the Black, 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. Lo its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. P. taJtcs K. P. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P.
 
 LOPEZ. bb 
 
 6. 
 \V. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. to his second square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. to adversary's Q. fourth square, 
 B. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. to his second square. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 9. 
 JV. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. Q. or K. R. to its B. square. 
 
 10. 
 W. K. R. to its B. square, and you have a very 
 good game. 
 
 VARIATION of this last GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the eighth move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares, 
 B. Tlie same. 
 
 Q. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same.
 
 56 LOPEZ. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 W. A r . B. takes K. B. P., andcJieeks. 
 B. K. to his second square. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. to his second square. 
 B. Q. to her K. 13. square. 
 
 9. 
 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 10. 
 
 W. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. B. second square, 
 
 and checks. 
 
 11. 
 IV. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 B. K. R. P. one square.
 
 LOPEZ. 57 
 
 12. 
 TV. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 B. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 
 13. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 14. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 15. 
 TV. Q. B. checks on the adversary's K. Kt. 
 
 fourth square. 
 
 B. K. R. P. takes Q. B. 
 
 \6. 
 
 TV. Q. takes K. R. P., and checks. 
 
 B. Must lose his Queen.
 
 68 LOPEZ. 
 
 FIFTH GAME. 
 
 Teaching the Player xvho has not the Move, to 
 defend himself properly. 
 
 1. 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B The same. 
 
 3. 
 //'. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. («) 
 
 Lopez has here inserted a Variation of this 
 Game, beginning at the third move of the Black, 
 which will be found at page 50. 
 
 (a) This is a very qood move, as your adversary cannot 
 now push his Queen's Pawn two squares ; you might likewise 
 have moved your Queen's Pawn one square.
 
 LOPEZ. 59 
 
 SIXTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 /F. K. B. P. two squares, (a) 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 (a) This move is certainly exceptionable, if Black play pro- 
 perly : Ex. gr. 
 
 4. 
 W. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 fj. 
 W. K. Kt. to K. R. third square. 
 B. Q, to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and checks.
 
 60 LOPEZ. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to the adversary's K. B. second 
 square, and checks. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. to his Q. square. ' 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. R. to its B. square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 9. 
 IV. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 10. 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 7. 
 W. K. to B. square, or to his second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. secoud square. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. to K. square. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 9- 
 
 \Y. Must lose the game.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 11. 
 IF. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. B. 
 
 12. 
 JV. K. B. P. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 13. 
 JV. K. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. P. 
 
 14. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its fourth square. 
 B. Must lose a piece. 
 
 61
 
 62 LOPEZ. 
 
 SEVENTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 T1 / . Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 6. 
 fV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. Q. B. takes the P. at its K. B. fourth 
 square, and you have the best of the 
 game.
 
 LOPEZ. 63 
 
 EIGHTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 <2. 
 IV. K. B. to itsQ. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 S. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 JB. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6, 
 W. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares.
 
 64 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 9. 
 W. Q. B. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. P. takes K. R. P. 
 
 10. 
 JV. Q. takes K. R. P. 
 B. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. R. takes K. R., and checks. 
 
 12. 
 JV. Q. takes K. R. 
 B. Q. takes K. B. 
 
 13. 
 JV. Q. checks on the adversary's K. Kt. 
 
 square. 
 B. K. to his Q. second square. 
 
 14. 
 JV. K. B. takes K. B. P. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 15. 
 JV. Q. takes K. R. P., and your game is much 
 better than vour adversary's.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the tenth move of the Black* 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same* 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same, 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K . B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 9. 
 \V. Q. B. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. P.takesK.R.P. 
 
 F 
 
 65
 
 66 LOPEZ. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. takes K. R. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. K. R. to its B. square. 
 B. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 
 12. 
 JV. Q. takes K. R. P. 
 B. K. Kt. takes Q. 
 
 13. 
 JV. K. B. takes K. B. P., aud checks. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 14. 
 JV. Q. B. takes Q., and must win the game.
 
 LOPEZ. 67 
 
 NINTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. •* 
 
 /V. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. K. B. f. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 F i
 
 68 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 9. 
 IV. Q. takes Q. B., and White has a very good 
 game. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the seventh move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 \V. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K.B.to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. * 
 
 W. Q. to Jier K. second square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. B. P. tico squares. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P.
 
 LOPEZ. 69 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square t and cliecks. 
 
 7. 
 W. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 W. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 
 10. 
 IV. Q Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 11. 
 IV. K. R. to its K. square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. fourth square, 
 
 12. 
 TV. K, P. one square, &c.
 
 70 LOPEZ. 
 
 TENTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. 13. fourth square. 
 JB. The same. 
 
 3. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 Jl r . K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 Jf. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 7- 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 71 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. R. takes K. P. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 10. 
 TV. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her K. R. fourth square. 
 
 11. 
 IV. Q. to her K. Kt. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 12. 
 TV. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 B, K. Kt. takes K. R. P. 
 
 13. 
 TV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 B. Cannot avoid losing his Knight.
 
 12 LOPEZ. 
 
 ELEVENTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square, 
 
 S. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square, (a) 
 
 (a) This is obviously an exceptionable more, as While 
 may play as follows : 
 
 4. 
 
 W. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. to her Q. B. fourth square, and checks. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. takes K. B. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 
 7- 
 W. Q. takes K. P., and White has a much better game.
 
 LOPEZ. 73 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. Kt.to its B. third square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 6. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. Q. B. takes P. on its K. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. takes Q. P. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 11. 
 TV. Q. B. takes K. B. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 12. 
 W. Q. B. to adversary's Q. third square, and 
 White has a hetter game than Ins adver- 
 sary.
 
 74 LOPEZ. 
 
 TWELFTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. x 
 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. It. takes K. B. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 6. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 7. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P.
 
 LOPEZ. 75 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. R. takes K. P. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 9. 
 7F. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 TV. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 
 11. 
 
 JV. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. It. 
 
 12. 
 
 TV. Q. to her K. B. third square, and checks. 
 B. K. plays any where. 
 
 13. 
 TV. Q. B. takes Q. ; &c. 
 
 VARIATION of ihis GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the eleventJi move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 
 \V. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same.
 
 76 LOPEZ. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square, 
 
 4. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. takes K. JCt. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. P. tico squares. 
 B. Q.to adversary's K. R. fourth square t and checks. 
 
 7. 
 \V. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. A'. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. R. takes K. P. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 9- 
 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 W. A'. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 
 11. 
 W. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. fourth square.
 
 LOPEZ. 77 
 
 12. 
 IV. Q. to her B. fourth square, and checks, (a) 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 13. 
 IV Q. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. takes K. R. P. 
 
 14. 
 IV. Q. B. takes K. Kt., &c. 
 
 ANOTHER VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the ninth move of the White. 
 
 1. 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square, 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 (a) White will win as speedily by taking King's Knight 
 with Queen's Bishop: if Black take the Bishop, he will lose 
 his Queen ; and if he should aot take the Bishop, his game is 
 equally irretrievable,
 
 TB LOPEZ. 
 
 4. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. \ 
 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. to adversary' s K. R. fourth square, and cliecks. 
 
 7. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. - 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 W. K. R. takes K. P. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 9- 
 IF. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her K. R. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. to her K. Kt. second square. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 IV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 B. Q. to her K. Kt. third square. 
 
 12. 
 IV. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 B. Q. to her K. R. second square.
 
 LOPEZ. 79 
 
 13. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. takes Q. B. P. (a) 
 
 14. 
 JV. K.P. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 
 15. 
 JV. K. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 
 16. 
 JV. Q. to her K. fourth square, and checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 17. 
 IV. Q. to her K. R. fourth square, and checks. 
 B. K. to Q. B. second square. 
 
 18. 
 IV. K. R. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 B. Q. takes Q. R. 
 
 19. 
 JV. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 20. 
 JV. Q. to adversary's K. second square, and 
 
 checks. 
 J5. Q. B. interposes. 
 
 (a) If Black remove K. Kt., White will equally win the 
 game, by taking K. Kt. P. with K. R., &c.
 
 80 LOPEZ. 
 
 21. 
 IV. Q. B. takes Q. P., and checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. B. square. 
 
 22. 
 IV. Q. to adversary's K. B. square, and checks. 
 B. K. R. takes Q. 
 
 23. 
 IV. The Pawn takes the Rook, becomes a 
 
 Queen, and checks. 
 B. Q. B. interposes. 
 
 24. 
 JV. The Queen takes it, and checkmates.
 
 LOPEZ. 81 
 
 THIRTEENTH GAME. 
 
 !. 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 jB. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 G
 
 82 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 JV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes K. B. 
 
 10. 
 TV. Q. takes Q. Kt. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 11. 
 TV. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 12. 
 JV. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 13. 
 IV. Q. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. Q. takes Q. 
 
 H. 
 JV. Kt. takes Q. 
 B. K. takes Kt. 
 
 15. 
 JV. Q. B. takes K. P., and White has a very 
 good game.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the eighth move of the Black. 
 
 I. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to itsB. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K.P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 0. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. lit. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 W. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary' s K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 G 2 
 
 83
 
 84 LOPEZ. 
 
 9. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. B. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 11. 
 W. K R. to its B. square, and White has a 
 good game.
 
 LOPEZ. 85 
 
 FOURTEENTH GAME. 
 
 KING'S GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square, and the 
 White has a very good game.
 
 86 LOPEZ. 
 
 FIFTEENTH GAME. 
 
 SECOND GAMBIT. 
 
 This game is played after the Italian method, 
 a pasaar batlagtia ; which is, pushing a Pawn 
 two squares when the first square is guarded hy 
 one of the adversary's Pawns. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 //'. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. R. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. P. two squares, and forces the 
 King's Knight.
 
 LOPEZ. 87 
 
 Nothing could have induced the Editor to 
 insert this Game but respect for the abilities of 
 Lopez ; for it is so egregiously incorrect, or, 
 more properly speaking, the fourth move of 
 the Black is so exceedingly bad, that it is ob- 
 vious no instruction or improvement can be 
 derived from the Game.
 
 8S LOPEZ. 
 
 SIXTEENTH GAME. 
 
 THIRD GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square, (a) 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. fourth square. 
 
 (a) This move dots not appear to be the bes* that the 
 White can play in this conjuncture : if he moved the King's 
 Hi '/. [> to his King's second square, the Klack Knight would 
 equally be compelled to remove, and the White might then 
 castle : a most essential move when the adversary's Queen is 
 on her King's second square.
 
 LOPEfc. 89 
 
 6. 
 
 TV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 9- ' 
 TV. Q. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. B. third square. 
 
 10. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. R. P. 
 
 12. 
 TV. Q. to her K. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 13. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. takes Q. B. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 
 14. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her third square.
 
 90 LOPEZ. 
 
 15. 
 
 IV. Q. P. takes P. on the adversary's K. fourth 
 square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes Q. P. (b) 
 
 16. 
 
 JV. Q. B. takes P. on its K. B. fourth square, 
 or pushes the Q. B. P. one square, and 
 the White has the best of the game, (c) 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the twelfth move of the Black* 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. A*. P. takes it. 
 
 (b) He would lose his Queen's Rook, were he to take it 
 with his Queen. 
 
 (c) It would apprar that Lopez considered these two 
 moves as equally good: if this were the case, lie was certain- 
 ly in error ; for the latter move is infinitely preferable, a9 it 
 gains the Knight an<l the King's Rook for a Pawn.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square, 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q, fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. A. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 9- 
 W. Q. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. B. third square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 I 1. 
 W. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. R.P. 
 
 12. 
 W. Q. to her K. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 91
 
 92 LOPEZ. 
 
 15. 
 TV. Q. takes P. on her K. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 14. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. takes Q. B. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 
 15. 
 TV. Q. takes K. B. P. 
 B. Q. P. takes Q. P., and discovers check. 
 
 16. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square, and the 
 White has the best of the game. 
 
 If White (at the thirteenth move) were to 
 take K. B. P. en passant, as he would be al- 
 lowed to do in this country, his game, I think, 
 would be much superior to his adversary's.
 
 LOPEZ. 93 
 
 SEVENTEENTH GAME. 
 
 FOURTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 IF, K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 IF. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its second square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 J5. K. B. to its K. second square.
 
 94 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. third square. 
 
 9. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square ( or a), and 
 the White has the best of the game. 
 
 10. 
 
 (or a) W. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. 
 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 11. 
 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 
 12. 
 W. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. B. takes K. P. 
 13. 
 IV. K. R. P. one square to adversary's K. Kt. third 
 
 square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 14. 
 IV. K. R. P. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 15. 
 JV. K. B. to its K. second square, and the White 
 has a verv good name.
 
 LOPEZ. 95 
 
 This Game is extremely well played, and 
 an equal degree of skill is conspicuous in the 
 Variation.
 
 y 
 
 96 Lopez. 
 
 EIGHTEENTH GAME. 
 
 FIFTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its third square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 //'. K. R. to its B. square, fa) 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 (a) It u >uhl !'»• ruucli letter to castle; and, as the move is 
 obvious, I am continued in the belief that castling (as we do) 
 was not adopted either iu Spain or Portugal.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 97 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. to his Q. B. second square, (b) 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. R. third square. 
 
 10. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 11. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, 
 and the White has the best of the 
 game. 
 
 (b) In Spain, the King had the privilege of moving once 
 during the game, like any one of his pieces. 
 
 II
 
 98 LOPEZ. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at tlie ?iinth move of the Black. 
 
 1. 
 YV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 YV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its third square. 
 
 5. 
 YV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 YV. A'. It. to its B. square. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 YV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. A. Kt. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 8. 
 YV. K. to hut Q. /,'. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. Kt.P.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 99 
 
 9. 
 W. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 B. Q. 13. takes K. Kt. 
 
 10. 
 TV. Q. takes Q. B. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 11. 
 TV. Q. takes the P. on her K. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 1 9 
 
 IV. K. R. to its B. square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its third square. 
 
 13. 
 W. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 14. 
 IV. Q. to adversary's K. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 15. 
 IV. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. B. third square. 
 
 IV K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 
 17. 
 TV Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. takes Q. P. 
 
 H 2
 
 100 LOPEZ. 
 
 18. 
 W. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. second square, and 
 checks. 
 
 19. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. It. P. takes K. B. 
 
 20. 
 W. Q. B. takes Q. Kt., and checks. 
 B. P. takes Q. B. 
 
 21. 
 IT. Q. takes the P., and checks, &c. 
 B. Loses the game.
 
 LOPEZ. 101 
 
 NINETEENTH GAME. 
 
 SIXTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 JV K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. R. P. two squares, and the White 
 has the best of the Game.
 
 102 LOPEZ. 
 
 TWENTIETH GAME. 
 
 SEVENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares.
 
 LOPEZ. 103 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its square, (a) 
 
 8. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 10. 
 TV. K. R. takes K. P. 
 B. K. 11. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 
 TV. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 12. 
 TV. Q. takes K. B. P. ; and checks. 
 B. Q. takes Q. 
 
 13. 
 TV. K. B. takes Q. 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 
 14. 
 TV. K. R. to its B. third square, &c. 
 
 (a) It would" be better to castle. White could not imme~ 
 diattly take K. Kt., without losing his Queen.
 
 104 LOPEZ. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the eleventh move of the White. 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. ttco squares. 
 B. Ttie same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. P. tico squares. 
 B. K.P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square* 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. R. takes K. B. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its square. 
 
 9. 
 W. Q. P. tuo squares. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square.
 
 LOPEZ. 105 
 
 9. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 10. 
 W. K. R. takes K. P. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 13. 
 JV. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. R. takes K. B. 
 
 14. 
 W. Q. takes K. R. P. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 15. 
 JV. Q. takes K. B. P. 
 B. Q. takes Q. 
 
 16. 
 JV' K. P. takes Q. 
 B. K. R. to its K. square, and checks. 
 
 17. 
 JV. K. to his B. second square. 
 B. P. takes K. R. P.
 
 106 LOPEZ. 
 
 18. 
 IV. K. R. to adversary's K. Kt. second square. 
 B. Q. B, to its K. third square. 
 
 19. 
 IV. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourtli square. 
 Jl. K. R. to its B. square. 
 
 20. 
 fV. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 SI. 
 IV. Q. R. to its K. square. 
 B. Q. B. to its K. B. second square. 
 
 22. 
 IV. Q. R. to adversary's K. second square, and 
 the White will win the Game.
 
 LOPEZ. 1 07 
 
 TWENTY-FIRST GAME. 
 
 EIGHTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 J5. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 J5. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. P.
 
 108 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. P. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. 
 
 9. 
 IV. K. P. takes Q. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 10. 
 If. Q. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. 13. to its Q. R. fourtli square. 
 
 11. 
 IV. Q. B. to its Q. second square, &c. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the eighth move of the White. 
 
 1. 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 '2. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third srjuare. 
 B. A. P. takes K.B. P. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to adversary s Q. Kt. fourth square.
 
 LOPEZ. 109 
 
 5. 
 
 W. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square, 
 
 7. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 
 8. 
 
 TV. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. takes K. Kt. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 10. 
 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 11. 
 
 W. Q. to her K. Kt. second square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. R. P., and discovers 
 check.
 
 110 LOPEZ. 
 
 1.2. 
 TV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. K. B. takes Q. B. (a) 
 
 13. 
 W. K. R. takes P. on its second square. 
 B. Q. to her square, or her K. Kt. fourth 
 square. 
 
 14. 
 W. Q. takes K. B., &c. &c. 
 
 (a) If he take your King's Knight with his Pawn, you must 
 take it with your Queen.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 ill 
 
 TWENTY-SECOND GAME. 
 
 NINTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square, 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 4. 
 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Q. to the adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q, B. takes K. Kt.
 
 1 12 LOPEZ. 
 
 7. 
 //'. Q. takes Q. B. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 8. 
 
 IV. Q. to her Kt. third square. 
 B. K. to his Q. B. square. 
 
 9. 
 IV. K. B. takes K. B. P. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 10. 
 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. takes it. 
 
 12. 
 TV. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 13. 
 
 W. K. B. to adversary's K. third square, and 
 
 checks. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 14. 
 
 IV. K. B. takes Q. Kt., and checks. 
 B. K. takes K. B.
 
 LOPEZ. 113 
 
 15. 
 TV. Q. to the adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 B. K. to his square. 
 
 l6\ 
 W. Q. takes K. B., &c.
 
 1 1 4 LOPEZ. 
 
 TWENTY-THIRD GAME. 
 
 TENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 4. 
 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 J5. Q. Kt. to its B. third square* 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares.
 
 LOPEZ. 115 
 
 8. 
 JV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 JV. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 
 10. 
 JV. K. P. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 
 11. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 12. 
 JV. Q. B. takes K. P. 
 B. Kt. takes K. B., and checks. 
 
 13. 
 JV. Q. takes Kt. 
 B. K. R. to its K. square, and checks. 
 
 14. 
 JV. K. to his Q. second square. 
 B. Q. to her K. Kt. third square. 
 
 15. 
 JV. Q. R. to its K. square. 
 B. Q. takes Q. 
 
 16. 
 JV. K. takes Q. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 I 2
 
 116 LOPEZ. 
 
 17. 
 IV. Q. R. takes K. R., and checks. 
 B. K. takes Q, R. 
 
 18. 
 TV. K. R. to its K. square, and checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. second square. 
 
 19- 
 IV. B. to adversary's K, Kt. fourth square, and 
 the White has a good game.
 
 LOPEZ. H'l 
 
 TWENTY-FOURTH GAME. 
 
 ELEVENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 Q. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. to his B. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. R. to its K. square, &c.
 
 118 LOPEZ. 
 
 TWENTY-FIFTH GAME. 
 
 TWELFTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. II. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square.
 
 LOPEZ. 119 
 
 7. 
 W. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks ; and the 
 White will win the game, as Black can- 
 not avoid the loss of his Queen.
 
 120 LOPEZ. 
 
 TWENTY-SIXTH GAME. 
 
 THIRTEENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to the adversary's K. 11. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. third square.
 
 LOPEZ. 121 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her B. third square. ( or a) 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square, and the White 
 has a good game. 
 
 7. 
 
 (ora) W. 
 
 B. Q. to her K. B. fourth square. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 W. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square, and Black 
 cannot save his Queen.
 
 122 LOPEZ. 
 
 TWENTY-SEVENTH GAME. 
 
 FOURTEENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 I. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to her K. II. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 7. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square.
 
 LOPEZ. 123 
 
 8. 
 JV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 12. 
 JV, K. to his Kt. square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. third square, &c.
 
 124 LOPEZ. 
 
 TWENTY-EIGHTH GAME. 
 
 FIFrEENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 I. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 B. Q. to the adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to her K. R. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 JV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 B. Q. takes Q,
 
 LOPEZ. 12$ 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. takes Q. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 IV. K. Kt. takes K. B. P. 
 B. Q. P. one square, and White must lose a 
 
 piece ; or the Knight and the Bishop for 
 
 the King's Rook.
 
 126 LOPEZ. 
 
 TWENTY-NINTH GAME. 
 
 SIXTEENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 I. 
 
 W, K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. The same. 
 
 S. 
 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 JB. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 B. Q. to the adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 
 4. 
 
 W. K. to his B. square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 J5. Q. to her K. R. fourth square. 
 
 '6 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 JT. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. one square.
 
 LOPEZ. 127 
 
 8. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. takes it. 
 
 9. 
 W. Q. takes Q. P., and checks ; and the White 
 has a much better game than his adver- 
 sary.
 
 1 28 LOPEZ. 
 
 THIRTIETH GAME. 
 
 SEVENTEENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 Teaching the Black to elude the Attack of the 
 Gambit. 
 
 1. 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. The same. 
 
 £. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 3. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 
 IV. K. B. P. takes K. P. 
 
 B. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 
 B. Q. to the adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks.
 
 LOPEZ. 129 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. takes K. R. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. third square, 
 
 and discovers check. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. Kt. takes K. R. 
 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. R. third square, by 
 which the Black forces an exchange of 
 Queens, and wins the King's Knight, 
 
 K
 
 130 LOPEZ. 
 
 THIRTY-FIRST GAME. 
 
 EIGHTEENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 Shewing another Method of defending the King's 
 Gambit. 
 
 1. 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 6. 
 JT. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square.
 
 LOPEZ. 131 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks, (or a) 
 B. Q. takes K. B. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. Kt. takes Q. 
 B. Q. B. takes Q. 
 
 9. 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. R. 
 B. Must \A^in the K. Kt. 
 
 7. 
 (a) W. Q. to her K. R. fourth square. 
 B. K. P. takes K. B. P. 
 
 White cannot hinder the Black from pushing his King's 
 Bishop's Pawn on the King's Knight, which decides the game 
 in his favor. 
 
 K 2
 
 132 LOPFX 
 
 THIRTY-SECOND GAME. 
 
 NINETEENTH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 Q. 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B: Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 JV. K P. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 JV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square, &c.
 
 L0PE2. 133 
 
 THIRTY-THIRD GAME. 
 
 TWENTIETH GAMBIT. 
 
 1. - 
 
 Z/ 7 . K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 /F. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 Z/ 7 ". K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 B. Q. to the adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. K. P. one square.
 
 134 LOPEZ. 
 
 6. 
 JF. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square, or takes 
 
 K. Kt. 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. takes K. P., and the Black has the best 
 of the Game.
 
 LOPEZ. 135 
 
 THIRTY-FOURTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. P. takes it. 
 B. Q. takes K. P. 
 
 3. 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to her square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares, and the White's Game 
 is better opened. 
 
 Here follows a Game which has been analyzed 
 in Dam i an o. [Vide page 1.] 
 
 N. B. The ensuing is a Back Game to it, 
 beginning at the tenth move of the Black.
 
 136 LOPEZ. 
 
 THIRTY-FIFTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. 13. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. Kt.
 
 LOPEZ. 137 
 
 8. 
 TV. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 9. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. 13. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 10. 
 IV. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. B. third square, and Black 
 has the best of the Game.
 
 133 LOPEZ. 
 
 THIRTY-SIXTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 //'. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 //'. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 JV. K. B P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. Kt.
 
 LOPEZ. 139 
 
 8. 
 IV. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. K. B. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 9- 
 IV. K. B. P. takes K. B. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 11. 
 TV. Q. B. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 B. K. B. to its K. Kt. second square, and the 
 Black will regain his Pawn.
 
 140 LOPEZ. 
 
 THIRTY-SEVENTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 J5. The same. 
 
 3. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 fV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 
 IV, K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 6. 
 
 IV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 B. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square.
 
 LOPEZ. 141 
 
 7. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 J^. Q- to adversary's Q. Kt. second square, and 
 the Black has the best of the Game.
 
 142 LOPEZ. 
 
 THIRTY-EIGHTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 6. 
 fV Q. B. P. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 JV. K. to his Q. second square. 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 and checks.
 
 LOPEZ. 143 
 
 8. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, and 
 the Black's Game is decidedly supe- 
 rior to his adversary's.
 
 144 LOPEZ. 
 
 THIRTY-NINTH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. B. P. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 JV. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 B. K. B. to the adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 and checks, and the Black has the best 
 of the Game.
 
 LOPEZ. 145 
 
 FORTIETH GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. square, and the Black has 
 a good Game.
 
 1 46 LOPEZ. 
 
 FORTY-FIRST GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. • 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. takes K. B. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares, &c.
 
 LOPEZ. 147 
 
 FORTY-SECOND GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. The same. 
 
 2; 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 
 TV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth 
 
 square. 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 
 5. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 B. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 6. 
 
 TV K. takes K. B. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's Q. fourth square, and 
 checks. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt., and the Black has much 
 the best of the Game. 
 L 2
 
 148 LOPEZ. 
 
 FORTY THIRD GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. takes Q. Kt 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 
 5. 
 JV. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. to adversary's Q: fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. to K. second square. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt., &c.
 
 LOPEZ. 
 
 149 
 
 FORTY-FOURTH GAME. 
 i. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to its fourth square. 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its K. third square. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt.
 
 150 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. P. takes K. 13. (or a) 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. R. to its B. square. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. R. third square, 
 and the Black has a better Game than 
 the White. 
 
 8. 
 (a) W. K. B. P. takes K. B. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 IV. K. P. to its B. square. 
 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, ami 
 t^e Black will w in the Game.
 
 LOPEZ. 151 
 
 FORTY-FIFTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to itsQ. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 
 5. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to its Q. third square. 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. takes Q.
 
 132 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 JV. K. takes Q. „ 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 9. 
 JV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its K. square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. K. to his Q. second square. 
 
 12. 
 JV. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 B. K. 11. to its K. square. 
 
 13. 
 JV. K. to his Q. second square. 
 B. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 
 14. 
 JV. K. B. P. takes K. B. 
 B. Q. K- to its Q. square. 
 
 15. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 16. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to its Q. square. 
 B. K. to his Q. B. square, and the Black ha» 
 a better Game than his opponent.
 
 LOPEZ. 153 
 
 FORTY-SIXTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square, (a) 
 
 4. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square, (b) 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 (a) It would be better to move Q. R. P. one square ; and 
 if White should take the Q. Kt., Black ought to take with Q. P., 
 in order to play his Queen to the adversary's Q. fourth square, 
 if White were to take the King's Pawn with the Knight. 
 
 ( b) This move is exceptionable : Black ought to move his 
 Queen to his King's second square.
 
 1 54 LOPEZ. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q.B. P. takes K. P. 
 B. K. 13. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 7. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 J5. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 8. 
 JV. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 9. 
 JV. Q. to her third square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 10. 
 JV, K. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 11. 
 //'. Q. Kt. P. takes K. B., &c. 
 
 Lopez observes, that, this Game is a proof 
 that defending the King's Pawn with the 
 Queen's Knight is not a good move ; but this 
 assertion is very vague ; for it is doubtful whe- 
 ther the White's game be preferable to that of 
 his adversary, who, it is presumed, would obtain 
 the superiority by attending to the moves 
 suggested in the notes that are subjoined.
 
 LOPEZ. 155 
 
 FORTY-SEVENTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 IF. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 7/ 7 . Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 5. 
 Jl\ Q. B. P. takes K. P. 
 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 7. 
 /F. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. P. two squares.
 
 1 56 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. P. takes it. (or a) 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and the Black has a very 
 good Game. 
 
 8. 
 (a) W. K. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, Arc.
 
 LOPEZ. 157 
 
 FORTY-EIGHTH GAME. 
 
 l. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. B. P. takes K. P. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 7. 
 JV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its square.
 
 158 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. castles. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. It. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. one square, and the Black has a 
 good Game.
 
 LOPEZ. 159 
 
 FORTY-NINTH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 o 
 O. 
 
 TV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B., and the Black has a 
 good Game.
 
 ]60 LOPEZ. 
 
 FIFTIETH GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. castles. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square, &c.
 
 LOPEZ. 161 
 
 FIFTY-FIRST GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares* 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 fV. K. P. takes it. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes K. P. 
 
 c. 
 
 IV. K. B. to the adversary's Q. Kt. fourth 
 
 square, giving cheek. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes K. B.
 
 162 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 }V. Q. to her Kt. third square. 
 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 IV, K. Kt to its Q. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 IV. Q. to the adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 B. Q. to her second square. 
 
 11. 
 W. Q. takes Q. 
 
 B. K. takes Q., and the Black has the better 
 Game. — N. B. The next move of the 
 Black should be his Queen's Knight to 
 its adversary's Queen's third square.
 
 LOPEZ. 163 
 
 FIFTY-SECOND GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IF. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. P. takes it. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. B. to the adversary's Q. Kt. fourth 
 
 square, and checks. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 7. 
 JV. Q. to her Kt. third square. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. B. 
 M g
 
 164 LOPEZ. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. takes Q. B., and checks. 
 B. Q. to her second square. 
 
 I 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square, and the Black has a 
 good Game.
 
 THE 
 
 ELEMENTS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 &rt of IJla^mg 
 
 WITHOUT SEEING THE BOARD; 
 
 CHIEFLY TAKEN FROM DAMIANO'S SCARCE AND VALUABLE 
 TREATISE.
 
 ■ '
 
 THE 
 
 Clements, 
 
 I HE student must, in the first place, become 
 perfectly acquainted with the names of the 
 squares on which the pieces are placed, and 
 also with the names of the squares to which 
 they may be moved. To facilitate this — the 
 Board is supposed to be divided into two 
 equal parts : the first four ranks on your side, 
 constitute your half; the other four ranks 
 are denominated your Adversary's half ; 
 each half is supposed to be subdivided 
 into two equal parts, of which one is called 
 your King's side, and the other your Queen's 
 side. Your Adversary's half is similarly 
 subdivided, and that part which is opposite 
 to your King's side is called your Adver- 
 sary's King's side ; and that which is op-
 
 168 The Art of Playing, 
 
 positetoyour Queen's side, is denominated your 
 Adversary* s Queen's side. All the pieces and 
 pawns on your King's side and your Adversary's 
 King's side are called King's pieces and Pawns : 
 they are, the King's Rook, the King's Knight, 
 the King's Bishop ; the King's Rook's Pawn, 
 the King's Knight's Pawn, the King's Bishop's 
 Pawn, and the King's Pawn. — And all the 
 pieces and pawns on your Queen's or Adver- 
 sary's Queen's side are called Queen s Pieces 
 and Pawns : they are, the Queen's Rook, the 
 Queen's Knight, the Queen's Bishop ; the 
 Queen's Rook'* Pawn, the Queen's Knight's 
 Pawn, the Queen's Bishop's Pawn, and the 
 Queen's Pawn. — The squares are named after 
 their respective pieces ; thus, the square on 
 which the King stands is called the King's 
 square ; that on which his Bishop is placed, 
 ihe King' s Bishop' s square; the next the King's 
 Knight's square, and that on which his Rook 
 is placed, the King's Rook's square. In the 
 same manner, all the pieces on the Queen's 
 side give their names to the squares on which 
 Ihey are placed. But the square on which the 
 King's Pawn stands is not called the King's
 
 Without seeing the Board. 169 
 
 Pawn's square, but the King's second square ; 
 neither does any square on which a pawn stands 
 derive its name from thai pawn, but it is called 
 the second square of the piece on that file. 
 Thus, the square on which the King's Bishop's 
 Pawn is placed is called the King's Bishop's 
 second square ,• that on which theKing'sKnight's 
 Pawn stands,the King's Knight's second squar e ; 
 and thus it is with all the other pieces, whether 
 King's or Queen's, and whether they be your 
 own or your Adversary's. Again, the squares 
 which form the rank next to that on which the 
 pawns stand are called the third squares of 
 the pieces that are opposite to them; ex. gr. 
 the square immediately above your King's 
 Pawn is called your King's third square ; and it 
 is the same with all the other pieces.— The rank 
 of squares next to these consists of the fourth 
 squares of the pieces on the same file ; thus, 
 the fourth square on the King's file is called the 
 King's fourth square, and the same rule is ap- 
 plicable to all the other pieces. But the rank of 
 squares next to this fourth rank is not called the 
 ffth squares of the pieces on the samefile,but the 
 fourth squares oi your Adversary' spieces on that
 
 170 ' The Art of Playing, 
 
 file ; thus, a pawn placed on the fifth square 
 of your King's Rook is said to be on your Ad~ 
 versary's King's Rook's fourth square, &c. 
 
 A retentive memory and great practice are 
 alike necessary to excel in this most pleasing", 
 but difficult, recreation. To improve with 
 more facility, it is necessary to number every 
 square, beginning from the King's Rook to 
 the middle of the Board : it is likewise im- 
 portant to recollect perfectly the colour of the 
 different squares : this is effected by observ- 
 ing, that, the odd numbers are all of the same 
 colour as the first square, and the even num- 
 bers are, of course, of a different colour : thus, 
 the white King's Rook's square is white, so is 
 the third, &c. 
 
 Another very essential point is, to recollect 
 the situation of every piece, as well as the num- 
 ber of squares to which it can be moved : 
 if a Knight be placed on the Queen's fourth 
 square, how many squares does it guard ?
 
 Witlvout seeing tlie Board. 
 The following" diagram will show, 
 
 171 
 
 Black. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 z 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 iD 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 White. 
 
 that, it guards, 1 , its King's second square ; 2, 
 King's Bishop's third square; 3, Queen's Bi- 
 shop's second square ; 4, Queen's Knight's third 
 square; 5, the Adversary's King's Bishop's 
 fourth square ; 6, King's third square ; 7, 
 Queen's Bishop's third square ; and, 8, Queen's 
 Knight's fourth square. 
 
 If the King's Bishop be placed on its 
 Queen's Bishop's fourth square, whither can 
 it be moved ?
 
 172 TJie Art of Playing, 
 
 The following diagram will show 
 
 Black. 
 
 
 
 l_l mm 
 
 
 
 
 ! | | io 1 1 | 
 
 [j] 
 
 
 
 BJo 
 
 
 
 \f\ 
 
 
 8jj 
 
 
 
 Zj 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 l| 
 
 
 |7| 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J5| | | 
 
 White. 
 
 that it can be moved in one diagonal, 1 > to its 
 Queen'sthird square; 2, its King's second square; 
 and, 3, its own square : — 4, your Adversary's 
 Queen's Knight's fourth square, and, 5, his 
 Queen's Rook's third square : — and in another 
 diagonal r ,6 ,to its Queen's Knight's third square ; 
 7, Queen's Rook's second square ; 8, Adver- 
 sary's Queen's fourth square ; 9, his King's 
 third square ; 10, his King's Bishop's second 
 square; and, 11, his King's Knight's square. 
 \\ is, besides, necessary to know that thepawns.
 
 Without seeing tfie Board. 1 73 
 
 when unmoved, guard the third squares of the 
 pieces in the contiguous files : if moved one 
 square, they guard the fourth squares of the 
 same pieces ; if moved two squares, they guard 
 the fourth squares of your Adversary's pieces in 
 the contiguous files, &c. : thus, your King's 
 pawn, when unmoved, guards your King's 
 Bishop's and Queen's third squares ; when 
 moved one square, your King's Bishop's and 
 Queen's fourth squares ; when moved two 
 squares, your Adversary's King's Bishop's 
 and Queen's fourth squares, &c. 
 
 Of the Bishop. 
 
 The Bishop moves diagonally, and it k 
 necessary to recollect perfectly the number 
 and names of the squares to which it can 
 move. If it be placed on any one of the four 
 centre squares of the Board, it can be moved to 
 thirteen squares ; six in one diagonal and seven 
 in the other. The only particular observation to 
 be made respecting the Bishop is, that, on which
 
 174 The Art qf Playing, 
 
 rank soever it may be placed, it either ascends 
 or descends one rank for every square to 
 which it moves ; ex. gr., when the Bishop 
 is on its own square, if you move it one 
 square, it will then be on the second rank ; 
 if two, on the third ; if three ', on the fourth ; 
 H four, on the Adversary's fourth rank ; and 
 \l five, on the Adversary's third rank : and, 
 counting" from its own square, whichsoever may 
 be the number of squares over which you move 
 it, it will be found to be at an equal number of 
 squares from the piece which gives its name to 
 the file on which the Bishop is placed. Thus, 
 let either Bishop be moved from its place four 
 squares including its own, it will be found to 
 be on the other Bishop's fourth square, because 
 the two Bishops, in their original situation, are 
 four squares from each other, including their 
 own. Suppose your King's Bishop to be 
 moved five squares, its own inclusive, it will 
 be found to be on the fourth square of the 
 Adversary's Queen's Knight, which answers 
 to the fifth square of your own Queen's 
 Knight ; because the King's Bishop is distant 
 from the Queen's Knight five squares, and the
 
 Without seeing the Board, 175 
 
 Queen's Bishop is at a similar distance from 
 the King's Knight, their own squares inclusive. 
 
 rscs ■ i ■ S3. 
 
 Of the Rook. 
 
 The move of the Rook is easily recollected : 
 it guards all the squares in a perpendicular as 
 well as horizontal direction ; therefore, if the 
 Rook be placed on your Queen's fourth square, 
 it confines your Adversary's King within 
 his own quarter of the Board. 
 
 ~ ■ - - - 
 
 Of the Knight. 
 
 The move of the Knight is by much the 
 most difficult to recollect. Supposing it to be 
 placed on your Queen's fourth square, the fol- 
 low ing is the best method to ascertain the names 
 of the squares to which it can be moved : count 
 two squares in a perpendicular and one in a 
 horizontal direction, or two in a horizontal 
 and one in a perpendicular direction ; and you 
 will find that in that position it will guard the 
 following squares ; counting two squares in a 
 perpendicular direction forwards will lead you 
 to the Adversary's Queen's third square j then
 
 1 76 TJw Art of Playing, 
 
 count one horizontally right and left, and the 
 squares, on which it can be moved, will be found 
 to be the King's third square and the Adversary's 
 Queen's Bishop's third square: count two squares 
 in a perpendicular 3#/ retrograde direction, and 
 that will reach to your own Queen's second 
 square ; then count one square horizontally 
 right and left, and the squares, to which it may 
 be moved, will be your King's second square 
 and Queen's Bishop's second square. Count two 
 squares in a horizontal position toward the right 
 hand, and one perpendicularly forward and 
 backward, and you will find, that, the same 
 Knight can be moved to your King's Bishop's 
 third square, and to your Adversary's King's 
 Bishop's fourth square. Again ; count two 
 squares horizontally towards the left hand, 
 and one perpendicularly forwards or backwards, 
 and you will perceive that it may also be moved 
 to your Queen's Knight's third square and your 
 Adversary's Queen's Knight's fourth square. 
 This will also exemplify another very important 
 observation concerning the Knight, which is, 
 that, when placed on any one of the centre 
 squares of the Board (that is, those squares from
 
 Without seeing the Board. 177 
 
 cither of which it guards eight squares, namely 
 the Queen's Bishop's third square, King's Bi- 
 shop's third square, Adversary's Queen's Bishop's 
 third square, and Adversary's King's Bishop's 
 third square, and all the inclusive squares), 
 whichsoever square of your own it guards, it 
 invariably guards some square of your Adver- 
 sary's on the same file, and the two squares it 
 guards on the same file are four squares dist- 
 ant from each other. Ex. gr., place it on one 
 of these centre squares, so as to guard your 
 King's square, it will also guard your Adver- 
 sary's King's fourth square ; and if it guard 
 your King's second square, it will guard your 
 Adversary's King's third square ; if it guard 
 your King's third square, it will also guard 
 your Adversary's King's second square ; if 
 it guard your King's fourth square, it will 
 guard your Adversary's King's own square. 
 
 But this rule must be understood as referring 
 only to the two files contiguous to the square 
 on which the Knight is placed ; for on the 
 files next to those, the distance between the 
 
 N
 
 1 78 The Art ofPlayitig, 
 
 squares will consist of only two squares instead 
 oifour : Ex. gr. A Knight on your Queen's 
 fourth square guards your Queen's Knight's 
 third square and your Adversary's Queen's 
 Knight's fourth squares : these two squares are 
 only two squares distant. Again, it guards your 
 King's Bishop's third square, and your Adver- 
 sary's King's Bishop's fourth square : the dis- 
 tance between these consists of only two squares. 
 
 Of the Queen. 
 
 The Queen combines the moves of the Rook 
 and Bishop, for she may be moved like either 
 of those pieces - 9 but she cannot be moved at the 
 same time diagonally and horizontally, or per- 
 pendicularly and diagonally. Nothing else 
 jieeds be said with respect to the Queen, as 
 the explanations which have been given of the 
 moves of the Rook and Bishop are equally ap- 
 plicable to the Queen's movements.
 
 Without seeing the Board. 179 
 
 Of the King. 
 
 The King- may be moved in all directions, 
 but only one square at a time : it is therefore 
 almost needless to observe that he guards 
 only eight squares, no greater number of 
 squares being contiguous to any other square 
 on the Board. 
 
 The pieces that may be exchanged in the 
 course of the Game must be carefully re- 
 collected, and every new situation requires the 
 most sedulous attention. 
 
 These rules will prove of great utility to any 
 Chess-Player who is desirous of acquiring the 
 art of playing without seeing the Board ; but 
 he will find himself deceived if he imagines that 
 they are sufficient to enable him immediately 
 to excel in it, as they will prove unavailing if 
 they be not combined with great practice. 
 
 N 2
 
 SALVIO
 
 FIRST GAMBIT. 
 
 i. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 IV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 IV. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 checks. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square.
 
 184 SALVIO. 
 
 This move appears to be highly exception- 
 able (st?*avagante, says Salvio) ; nevertheless, 
 it is very good play. 
 
 The following moves are generally the result 
 of this system of defence. 
 
 If the Black take the King's Bishop's Pawn 
 with his Knight, the White, by playing his 
 Queen's Pawn two squares, will either win a 
 piece, or gain two pieces for his King's Rook. 
 
 If the Black, instead of taking the King's 
 Bishop's Pawn with his Knight, should take it 
 with his Bishop, giving check, the White must 
 play his King to his Queen's square j and if the 
 Black retire his King's Bishop to its Queen s 
 Knight third square, the White ought to move 
 his King's Knight to its Rook's fourth square ; 
 for, although the Black may check with his 
 King's Knighton the Adversary's King's Bishop 
 second square, and afterwards take the Kind's 
 Rook, the White will win the Game, by checking 
 on the Adversary's King's Knight third square. 
 
 But if the Black, instead of retiring his King's 
 Bishop to its Queen's Knight third square, were 
 to play, 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 IV. Q. Kt. P. two squares.
 
 SALVIO. 185 
 
 B. K. B. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. second square, 
 
 and checks. 
 TV. K. to his Q. B. second square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. R. {a) 
 TV. K. Kt. to its K. R. fourth square ; and 
 must win the Game. 
 
 (a) This Variation and the assertion " that the White must win" 
 are incorrect : the Queen's Pawn being moved one square, pre- 
 vents the King's Bishop from checking when the King moves 
 to his Knight's square, in consequence of the check of the 
 Knight ; and the White, instead of winning, must lose the 
 Game. Ex.gr. Suppose then the White to play, as Salvio 
 directs, 
 
 W. K. Kt. to its K. R. fourth square. 
 
 B. Q. to her K. square. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. third square, and checks. 
 
 Ii. K. to Kt. square. 
 
 W. Must lose a piece, and ultimately the Game; but, if 
 
 he could check with the King's Bishop, lie would win 
 
 easily.
 
 186 SALVIO. 
 
 This Gambit is well known by the name of 
 Salvio's Gambit ; but that denomination is 
 incorrect, for that defence was first adopted by 
 a very good player, who did not reside in the 
 same town as Salvio did, but transmitted it to 
 him, being anxious to know whether he approved 
 of it. 
 
 The following are variations in the defence 
 
 1. 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. KB. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 S. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 • 4. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its R. third square.
 
 SALVIO. 187 
 
 6. 
 B. K.Kt. takes K.Kt. P. 
 W. Q. checks, (or a) 
 
 7. 
 B. K. Kt. interposes on the K. B. second square, 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 6. 
 (a) B 
 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 8. 
 B*. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 W. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 
 , 9- 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square, and checks. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. takes K. R., but has nevertheless a bad Game, 
 says Salvto : his remark, however, does not 
 appear well founded ; 
 W. for though White Q. should take K. P., and check, 
 
 11. 
 B. May play his K. to his B. second square, and 
 White has no attack, and has lost a Rook for 
 a Bishop. 
 
 * It is difficult to discover why Salvio did not direct the Queen to 
 take the Gambit's Pawn, instead of this move.
 
 188 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 B. If he take it with the K. B. 
 TV. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth 
 square, &c. 
 
 And if Black take the Pawn M'ith his Kings 
 Pawn, the White must play his Gambit's Pawn, 
 attacking at the same time his adversary's 
 King's Bishop with his Queen. In either case 
 the White has decidedly the better Game. 
 
 ANOTHER METHOD of DEFENDING the GAMBIT; 
 Or, more properly, a Variation of the first Game. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 IF. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 JF. K. P. takes it. 
 
 S. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 IV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 //'. K. Kt. P. one square.
 
 SALVIQ. 189 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 W. d checks. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. P. one square, or (a) (b) 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 7- 
 
 (a) B. Q. P. two squares. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 S. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. third square. 
 W. The Gambit's Pawn one square; and White Iras a 
 much better Game. 
 
 7. 
 
 (b) B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 W. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square* 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 YV. K. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 9- 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. B. P. 
 W. K. R. to its B. square.
 
 190 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. B. P. 
 W. Q. P. one square, and gains two pieces for 
 his King's Rook. 
 
 11. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 IV. Thesaiue. 
 
 12. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes K. B. 
 W. The Mine. 
 
 13. 
 B. K. Kt. takes Q. P., and checks. 
 TV. K. to his Q. second square. 
 
 14. 
 B. K. Kt. takes Q. B. 
 W. Tire Gambit's P. one square. 
 
 15. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. third square, and checks. 
 
 16. 
 
 B. K. to his B. second square. 
 
 IV. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. second square, and checks. 
 
 17. 
 B. K. to his third square. 
 l\'. {}. P. one square, and checks. 
 
 IS. 
 It. K. takes it. 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square, and checks.
 
 SALVIO, 191 
 
 19- 
 B. K. to his third square. 
 W. Q. R. takes K. Kt. 
 
 20. . 
 B. Q. B. P. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square, (a) 
 
 21. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. square ; and, by forcing the ex- 
 change of Queens, destroys the White's attack. 
 
 {a) This move is certainly exceptionable : were the Knight played 
 to adversary's Q- Kt- fourth square, White would win the game.
 
 192 SALVIO. 
 
 Another GAMBIT. 
 
 l. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 IV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. second square. 
 //'. K. B. P. takes K. P.
 
 SALVIO. 193 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 W. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. B. fourth square. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. takes Gambit's Pawn. 
 W. Q. P. two squares, &c. 
 
 The situation of the White pieces is superior 
 to that of his adversary's. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAMBIT. 
 
 l. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 O
 
 194 SALVIO. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 6\ 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. B. takes Gambit's Pawn. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 JV, Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 JV. Q. takes Q. B. 
 
 11. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 IV, Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 Salvio says, " the Black being obliged to 
 remove his Knight, the White may either take
 
 SALVIO. 195 
 
 the King's Pawn, or play his King's Bishop's 
 Pawn one square." This remark appears to be 
 futile : the White's Game does not appear supe- 
 rior in situation to his adversary's. 
 
 ANOTHER METHOD of DEFENDING the GAMBIT. 
 
 I. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 jB. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 JB. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 TV. Q. checks. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 IF. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 O 2
 
 196 SALVIO. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 IV, The Gambit's Pawn one square. 
 
 8. 
 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 IV. Q. checks. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. to his B. second square. 
 IV' Q. to adversary's K. Kt. second square, and 
 checks. 
 
 10. 
 B. K. to his third square. 
 W. K. B. to its Kt. second square. 
 
 11. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. third square. 
 IV. K. to his Kt. square, and Rook to its K. 
 square. 
 
 12. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square, and checks. 
 
 13. 
 
 ^ J5. K. to his Q. third square. 
 IV. Q. to adversary's K. B. second square. 
 
 14. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. one square*
 
 SALVIO, 
 
 197 
 
 In this situation, Salvio says that White 
 must take the King's Pawn with his. King's 
 Hook ; and that, if Black take the Rook, White 
 may easily win the Game. 
 
 lie is very right in saying that White may 
 win ; but, as I cannot agree with him in con- 
 sidering the method of winning as easy> I have 
 subjoined the moves by which it appears to me 
 that White may cheek- mate his opponent. 
 
 Supposing, then, that, at the fourteenth move, 
 White should take the King's Pawn with the 
 
 King's Hooker 
 
 15. 
 B. K. takes K. R. 
 W. Q. P. two squares, and checks. 
 
 16\ 
 B. K. to his Q. third square, or (a) or (b) 
 IV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. third square. 
 
 lfj. 
 («) B. K. B. takes Q. P. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. to its Q. third square, and checks. 
 
 17. 
 B. K. to his Q. third square. 
 
 W. Q. B. to iis K. B. fourth square, and check- 
 mates. 
 
 lfj. 
 (b) B. K. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 
 W. K. Kt. to its Q. third square, and checks.
 
 1 93 SALVIO. 
 
 17. 
 B. Q. removes, orQ. B. takes K. Kt. 
 IV. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square, and check- 
 mates. 
 
 17. 
 B. K. to hisB. fourth square. 
 W. K. B. to its R. third square, and cheeks. 
 
 18. 
 B. K. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square, and check-mates. 
 
 This is a very weir played Game on the part of the White ; 
 and it is much to be regretted that the Italian method of 
 Castling has not been universally adopted.
 
 SALVIO. 199 
 
 Another GAMBIT. 
 
 i. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 
 JV. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q interposes. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares.
 
 200 salvio. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. second square. 
 W. Q. takes Q., and checks. 
 
 a. 
 
 B. K. B. takes Q. 
 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 11. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 IV. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 
 12. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. third square. 
 IV. The Gambit's Pawn one square. 
 
 13. 
 B. K. Kt. P. takes it. 
 
 IV. K. B- to adversary's K. Kt. third square, 
 and checks. 
 
 14. 
 B. K. to his Q. square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 Salvio did not continue this Game on the 
 supposition, I presume, of its being an even 
 game. It appears to me that White, at the 
 twelfth move, ought to take the King's Knight
 
 SALVIO. 201 
 
 with his Queen's Bishop, and then move his 
 King's Knight to its Bishop's third square j 
 thus preserving the superiority of a Pawn* and 
 a very good situation. 
 
 VARIATION of the last GAMBIT. 
 
 l. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 IV, The same. 
 
 B. K. B, P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. takes it. 
 
 S. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 IV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. * 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square.
 
 202 SALVIO. 
 
 6\ 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. {a) 
 
 IV. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. interposes. 
 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 //'. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. P. takes Q. 
 
 W. Q. B. takes Q. 
 
 10. 
 
 B. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 
 JT. Q. P. takes Q. P. on adversary's K. fourth 
 
 square. 
 
 II. 
 
 B. Q. B. takes Gambit's Pawn. 
 
 W. K. B. to its Q. third square, &c. 
 
 The advantage is on the side of the White. 
 
 6. 
 
 or (a) B. Q. P. two squares. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 7- 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 W. Q. takes K. P., and checks, &e.
 
 SALVIO. 203 
 
 Another GAMBIT. 
 i. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 TV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 TV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 JV. K. to his Kt. square, and Rook to its K. 
 square. 
 
 7. 
 jB. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square, &c.
 
 204 SALVIO. 
 
 This Game is incorrect. The Knight's PawD, 
 which the Black plays two squares at the seventh 
 move, would of course be taken en passant in 
 Great Britain or France, M-here it is optional to 
 allow, or prevent, a pawn's moving tzvo squares 
 at once when it passes prise. It appears to me 
 that White, instead of castling, ought to move 
 his King's Knight to the adversary's King's 
 Knight third square.
 
 SALVIO. 205 
 
 Another GAMBIT. 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 TV. Q. takes K. P. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. Q. to her K. second square, and checks. 
 TV. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. Q. to her K. B. fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square.
 
 206 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. secoud square. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. B. takes Gambit's Pawn. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 11. 
 B. Q. to her second square, &c. 
 
 The situation seems equally advantageous for 
 both players. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAMBIT. 
 
 I. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 tV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. B. to its K. second square.
 
 SALVIO. 207 
 
 4. 
 B. K. Kt to its B. third square. 
 IV, Q. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 W. Q. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 W. Q. to her K. B. fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square- 
 
 9. 
 B. K. castles. 
 
 Salvio does not go on with this Game. I do 
 not think it well played.
 
 20S SALVIO. 
 
 Another GAMBIT. 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. It. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth squart. 
 JV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 JV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. second square. 
 JV. Q. P. takes K.Kt.
 
 SALVIO. 209 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. takes Q. P. (aj 
 W, Q. Kt. to B. third square, (b) 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. takes K. R. 
 IV. K. B. takes K. R. P., and checks. 
 
 10. 
 B. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 IV. Q, B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 11. 
 B. K. B. interposes on its K. second square. 
 IV. Q. B. takes K. B., and checks. 
 
 12. 
 B. K. takes Q. B. 
 IV. Q. to her K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 13. 
 B. K. R. takes K. B. 
 TV. Q. takes K. Kt. P., and checks, &c. 
 
 Salvio states that the following Gamhit 
 M r as sent to him by Signor Muzio, who com- 
 
 ( a J The Queen ought to have taken K. It. 
 
 (b) It would have beeu better to have moved the K. Kt. 
 to its B. third square. 
 
 P
 
 210 SALVIO. 
 
 monly won it of his adversary Don Geronimo 
 Gascio. He hastily gives it as his opinion that 
 the White must win ; but has evidently analys- 
 ed that game imperfectly. It is, in my opi- 
 nion, the finest and most difficult of all Gambits. 
 Philidor hints at the possibility of sacrificing 
 the King's Knight, but he has abstained from 
 teaching the player those moves by which he 
 may preserve an attack sufficiently potent to 
 compensate him for the loss of the piece. Ver- 
 doni (who used to call it his Gambit) never, 
 to my knowledge, taught either the attack or 
 defence to any of his pupils. 
 
 I feel very considerable diffidence in giving 
 it as my opinion, that he who sacrifices the 
 Knight ought to lose the game, if his adver- 
 sary be very skilful. 
 
 The following are S a lvio's moves : 
 
 1. 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 o 
 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it.
 
 SALVIO. 211 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. castles with K. on R. square, and R. on 
 
 B. square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. Q. takes Gambit's P. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 8. 
 TV Q. takes Q. B. P. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 o. 
 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to her third square, {a) 
 
 (a) It seems, that, if Black played his Queen to her B. 
 fourth square, he would win the game ; because White could 
 not support or retire his K. B. without losing his Q. by the 
 Black's playing his K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 
 P2
 
 212 SAtvio. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 
 Salvio does not go on with this game, but 
 repeats his belief that the White must win. 
 
 I have, however, but little doubt that when 
 the Italian method of castling is allowed, the 
 player who takes the Knight must find great 
 difficulty in defending the game ; as the Gam- 
 bit player is not in that case obliged to lose a 
 move to guard against the check with the Queen 
 on the Queen's Bishop's fourth square, which 
 Mould gain the adversary's King's Bishop. 
 
 It is a most instructive game, and should 
 be frequently played by all amateurs who are 
 desirous of excelling in £hess : to him who sa- 
 crifices the Knight it will teach, better than 
 any other game, the advantage of being able 
 to bring more pieces into play than his ad- 
 versary, and clearly demonstrate the truth of a 
 position not sufficiently attended to by young 
 players, that, it is the situation and not the 
 number of pieces which decides the event of a 
 game: to the player who takes the Knight, it 
 will show how essential it is not to lose a move, 
 and the importance of seeking opportunities of
 
 SALVIO. 
 
 213 
 
 exchanging pieces when the adversary has a 
 powerful attack ; for in this Gambit it may be 
 asserted, that the Black must speedily lose the 
 game if he do not carefully exchange pieces.
 
 214 SALVIO. 
 
 AN OPENING, 
 
 Denominated by Salvio, and by all Italian Players, 
 
 Giuoco Piano ; 
 
 That Name being given to all Openings in which no Pawn is 
 sacrificed for the sake of an attacking Position, and in 
 which the K. Kt. and K. B. are played immediately after 
 the K. Pawn. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its 13. third square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 //'. The same. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. to his R. square, and R. to its B. square. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourtli square. 
 IV. fc. castles.
 
 SALVIO. 215 
 
 6. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. B. P. 
 TV. K. II. takes K. Kt. 
 
 8. 
 jB. K. B. takes K. R., and checks. 
 JV. K. takes K. B. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. B. P. takes K. P. 
 JV. Q. Kt. takes K. B. P. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 This move, says Salvio, will enable Black 
 to recover the piece which he has sacrificed -, in 
 which case he will have a Rook and a Pawn 
 against a Bishop. 
 
 The piece is easily gained by the following 
 moves : 
 
 10. 
 
 B. Q. as above, and checks. 
 JV. K. to his third square.
 
 216 SALVIO. 
 
 11. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. B. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 W. K. to- his Q. third square. 
 
 12. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square, 
 /r. The K. B. or the Q. Kt. removes ; 
 
 13. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 IV. The other piece retires ; 
 
 14. 
 B. K. P. to adversary's K. fourth square, 
 and checks, and the King's Knight is 
 forced. 
 
 Black in this game plays remarkably well ; 
 and his attack exhibits an additional proof of 
 the superiority of the Italian method of castling 
 over ours.
 
 SALVIO. 217 
 
 Another Giuoco Piano OPENING. 
 
 i. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 TV, The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 TV, K. B. to its Q. 13. fourth square. 
 
 3. 
 B. K.B. to its K. second square. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 IF. K. P. takes it. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. P. 
 IF. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. Q. to her Kt. third square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. to her B. square. 
 
 IF. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, 
 &c.
 
 218 SALVIO. 
 
 This is not a good Opening ; some of the 
 Black's moves are so exceptionable, that I am 
 surprised at their being recommended by so 
 finished a player as Salvio.
 
 SALVIO. 219 
 
 Another Giuoco Piano OPENING. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. square. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 JV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 TV. K. takes K. B.
 
 220 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 IV. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. 
 IV. Q. P. one squai*e. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square, and then K.R.P. 
 one square, &c. 
 
 There is no advantage on either side, says 
 Salvio. It appears to me to be slightly in 
 favor of the Black.
 
 SALVIO. 
 
 221 
 
 Another OPENING. 
 
 i. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 £. Q. P. t\\ r o squares. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. P. takes it. 
 B. K. P. takes K. P., &c. 
 
 The Black's moves are well calculated to foil 
 an attacking player.
 
 222 SALVIO. 
 
 Another OPENING. 
 
 i. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 3. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 5. 
 JB. K. B. P. two squares. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 This is a very uncommon Opening. The 
 possibility of moving the Queen's Knight to 
 the adversary's Queen's fourth square, whence 
 it cannot be dislodged by any pawn, is a suffi- 
 cient reason to consider this Opening as excep- 
 tionable.
 
 salvio. 223 
 
 Another OPENING. 
 1. 
 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 The facility with which the King's Knight 
 may be moved to the adversary's King's fourth 
 square renders this Opening as exceptionable as 
 the last.
 
 224 SALV10. 
 
 A VERY SINGULAR POSITION, 
 
 Invented by Sighor Pietro Petronio. 
 
 Situation of the White Pieces : 
 
 K. at adversary's Q. B. square. 
 
 Q. at her B. third square. 
 
 Q. R. at its third square. 
 
 K. R. at its fourth square. 
 
 K. Kt. at its K. square. 
 
 Q. Kt. at its Q. square. 
 
 K. B. at its R. third square. 
 
 Q. B. at its K. II. second square. 
 
 Q. Kt. P. at its Q. Kt. second square. 
 
 Black : 
 
 K. at his Q. R. square. 
 A Pawn at its Q. R. second square. 
 Do. at its Q. It. third square. 
 Do. at its Q. R. fourth square. 
 Do. at adversary's Q. It. fourth square. 
 
 Do. at its Q. B. second square. 
 
 Do. at its Q. B. third square. 
 
 Do. at its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 Do. at adversary's Q. B. fourth square.
 
 salvio. 225 
 
 White engages to checkmate Black King with 
 his Pawn in fourteen moves, without taking any 
 of his adversary's pawns, or subjecting his pawn 
 to capture, although it must pass through the 
 ranks of his adversary's pawns. This Position 
 is very similar to that which is generally called 
 Marshal Saxe's Problem, and which is inserted 
 in the Stratagemes des Echecs. 
 
 The solution is as follows ; 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. Kt. to its Q. third square. 
 
 B. The Pawn is compelled to take it. 
 
 JV. Q. to her B. fourth square. 
 
 B. The Pawn to adversary's Q. second square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. R. to its Q. fourth square. 
 B. The Pawn takes it. 
 
 JV. K. B. to its Kt. second square. 
 
 B. The Pawn to adversary's Q. thifd square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. B. to adversary's Q. third square. 
 B. The Pawn takes it. 
 
 Q
 
 226 salvio. 
 
 6. 
 JV. K. B. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 B. The Pawn takes it. 
 
 7. 
 JV, Q. to adversary's Q. B. second square. 
 B, The Pawn to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 
 8. 
 
 Jf\ Q. to adversary's Q. second square. 
 B. The Pawn to its Q. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 
 IV. Q. R. to its second square. 
 
 B, The Pawn which is at the White Q. R. 
 
 fourth square moves one square. 
 
 10. 
 
 IV. The Pawn one square. 
 B. The Pawn at the Q. R. fourth square, one 
 square. 
 
 11. 
 
 IV. The Pawn one square. 
 
 B. The Pawn at the Q. R. third square, one 
 
 square. 
 
 12. 
 IV. The Pawn one square. 
 B. The Pawn at the Q. R. second square, one 
 
 square.
 
 salvio. 227 
 
 13. 
 IV. Q. to the adversary's Q. B. third square, 
 
 and checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. 11. second square. 
 
 14. 
 JV. The Pawn one square, and checkmates. 
 
 Q 2
 
 228 salvio. 
 
 A VERY REMARKABLE SITUATION, 
 
 Arranged by Salvio. 
 White. 
 
 K. at his square. 
 
 Q. at adversary's K. third square. 
 
 K. R. at its square. 
 
 Q. R. at its Q. square. 
 
 Q. B. at its square. 
 
 Q. Kt. at its square. 
 
 unmoved. 
 
 Black. 
 
 K. at his Kt. second square. 
 K. P. at its own square. 
 
 White must compel his adversary to check- 
 mate him the first time that he moves his pawn.
 
 salvio. • 229 
 
 l. 
 
 TV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 6. 
 TV. K. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. to his B. second square. 
 B, K. to his B. square.
 
 230 SALVIO. 
 
 10. 
 
 JV. K. to his Kt. third square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 11. 
 IV. K. to his Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 12. 
 
 IV. K. R. to its fourth square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 13. 
 
 JV. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 14. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. to adversary's K. Kt. third 
 
 square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 15. 
 TV. K. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. to his B. square. 
 
 16. 
 JV. Q. to adversary's Q. B. square, and checks. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 17. 
 JV. Q. to adversary's Q. second square. 
 B. K. to his B., Kt., or R. square.
 
 SALVIO. 231 
 
 18. 
 TV. K. P. to adversary's K. third square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 19. 
 TV. Q. It. to its K. Kt. square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 20, 
 IV. Q. R. to its K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. to its Kt. second square. 
 
 21. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 22 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 23 
 TV. Q. to adversary's Q B. second square, to 
 
 gain the move. 
 B. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 24. 
 TV. Q. to adversary's Q. B. square, and checks. 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 25. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to adversary's K. B. third square. 
 B. The Pawn is compelled to take it, at the 
 same time giving checkmate.
 
 232 salvio. 
 
 The following SITUATION occurred to two 
 of Salvio's friends. 
 
 Black. 
 
 K. at his Q. R. square. 
 
 Q. at her Kt. third square. ' 
 
 Q. R. at its Q. square. 
 
 Q. R. P. at its third square. 
 
 Q. Kt. P. unmoved. 
 
 K. P. at adversary's K. third square. 
 
 IV kite. 
 
 K. at his adversary's K. B. fourth square. 
 
 Q. at adversary's K. square. 
 
 Q. R. at adversary's K. R. square. 
 
 Q. P. at adversary's Q. second square. 
 
 Black to move. 
 
 The game appears to be decidedly in favor 
 of the White, but the player of the Black drew 
 the game by a very skilful move ; 
 
 1. 
 B. Q. to her Kt. fourth square, and checks. 
 IV. K. to adversary's K. B. third square.
 
 salvio. 233 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. to her B. third square, and checks. 
 W. K. to adversary's K. second square. 
 
 3. 
 B. Q. takes Q. P., and checks. 
 TV. Q. takes Q. 
 
 4. 
 B. Rook takes Rook. 
 TV. Q. to her third square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Rook to its Q. B. square. 
 IV. Q. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 B. Rook to its Q. B. third square, and easily 
 draws the game. 
 
 This is a remarkably instructive and well 
 played Situation : none but a finished player 
 would take the pawn with his Queen.
 
 234 salvio. 
 
 Another SITUATION. 
 
 White. 
 
 K. at adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 Q. R. P. at adversary's Q. R. second square. 
 Q. Kt. P. at adversary's Q. Kt. third square. 
 Q. B. P. at adversary's Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 Black. 
 
 K. at his Q. Kt. second square. 
 Q. R. at Q. B. square. 
 
 White won by the following moves: 
 
 1. 
 
 W. Q. B. P. one square, and checks. 
 B. Rook takes it. 
 
 2. 
 
 W. Q. R. P. becomes a Queen, and checks. 
 B. K. takes the Q. 
 
 3. 
 
 IV. K. takes Rook. 
 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square.
 
 salvio. 235 
 
 4. 
 TV. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. to his Q. R. second square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. to adversary's Q. B. second square, and 
 of course will easily win. 
 
 Salvio has unaccountably fallen into error 
 by saying that Black might have drawn the 
 game by playing as follows : 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. Q. B. P. checks. 
 
 B. K. to his Q. R. square, as Salvio directs. 
 
 2. 
 
 TV. Q. Kt. P. checks. 
 
 jB. K. takes Q. R. P. ; and, says Salvio, 
 draws the game, because White cannot 
 take the Rook without stalemating his 
 adversary : and if White, instead of check- 
 ing with his Queen's Knight Pawn, were 
 to move his King, Black would equally 
 draw the game by taking Q. B: P. with 
 Rook, as White could not take with- 
 out giving a stalemate. 
 
 However, White may certainly win the game :
 
 236 SALVIA, 
 
 Ex. 
 
 l. 
 /r. Q. B. P. checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. R. square. 
 
 2. * 
 W. Q. Kt. P. checks. 
 
 B. K. takes Q. It. P. 
 
 3. 
 IV. Q. Kt. P. takes Rook, becomes a Knight, 
 
 and checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square. 
 
 4. 
 IV.' K. to adversary's Q. Kt. third square. 
 B. K. takes Knight, or (a) 
 
 4. 
 
 r*; w. ...... 
 
 2?. K. to his Q. R. square. 
 
 5. 
 W. Knight to adversary's Q. R. second square. 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square. 
 
 6. 
 W. The Pawn checks. 
 B. K. to his Q.R. square. 
 
 7. 
 W. The Pawn becomes a Queen, or a Rook, and 
 checkmates. 
 
 White may equally win by making a Bishop instead of a 
 Knight.
 
 salvio. 237 
 
 5. 
 
 W. Q. B. P. to adversary's Q. B. second 
 
 square. 
 B. K. to his Q. second square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. K. to adversary's Q. Kt. second square, &c.
 
 238 SALVIO. 
 
 Another SITUATION. 
 
 White. 
 
 K. at adversary's K. B. fourth square. 
 Rook at adversary's Q. Kt. second square. 
 
 K. Kt. P. at^ulversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 
 Black. 
 K. at his Rook square. 
 K. B. at adversary's Q. R. square. 
 
 The White cannot win without sacrirlcing his 
 pawn. 
 
 Ex. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Bishop to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 
 2. 
 //'. K. to adversary's K. R. third square. 
 B. Bishop to its Kt. second square, and 
 checks. 
 
 3. 
 White cannot take on account of stalemate ; 
 he is therefore obliged to move his King,
 
 SALVIO. 239 
 
 and Black moves his Bishop to its King's 
 fourth square, or to adversary's Queen's 
 Rook square, &c. ; but White may win 
 by giving away his pawn. 
 
 E.r. 
 1. 
 
 IV. The Pawn moves one square, and checks. 
 JB. The Bishop takes it. or {a J 
 
 1. 
 (a) W. 
 
 B. K. to his R. second square. 
 
 2. 
 W. R. to its Q. Kt. square. 
 JB. Bishop takes pawn, (or b) 
 
 2. 
 
 (b) W. 
 
 JB. Bishop to adversary's Q. fourth square, to prevent the 
 Rook from moving to its Kt. square. 
 3. 
 W. Rook to its Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 B. If Black take the pawn, White will check on K. R. file, 
 and win as in Variation a ; and if Black, instead of 
 taking the pawn, should move his Bishop to adversary's 
 K. B. second square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Rook to its K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Is compelled to move his K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 5. 
 IF. K. to adversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 B. Bishop to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 W. Must not take Bishop, but move his Rook to its K, fourth 
 
 square. 
 JB. Bishop is compelled to take the pawn.
 
 240 SALVIO. 
 
 2. 
 
 W. K. to adversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 
 B. Bishop to its square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. Rook to adversary's Q. Kt. square. 
 
 B. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 4. 
 W. Rook to adversary's Q. R. square. 
 
 B. K. to his R. square. 
 
 5. 
 
 JV. Rook takes Bishop, and checkmates. 
 
 3. 
 IV, Rook to its square, and checks. 
 
 JB. If Bishop interpose, White moves his K. to ad- 
 versary's K. B. third square, &c. ; and if, in- 
 stead of interposing, the Bishop Black play his 
 , K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 4. 
 
 W. K. to adversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 
 It. K. to his B. square. 
 
 5. 
 W. Rook to its K. B. square, and checks. 
 
 J5. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 6. 
 W. Rook to its Q. B. square, and wins easily. 
 
 7. 
 W. Rook to adversary's K. square, and checks. 
 B. Bishop interposes. 
 
 8. 
 W. Rook to adversary's Q., Q. B., Q. Kt., or Q. R. square. 
 JB. K. to his R. square. 
 
 9. 
 W. Rook takes Bishop, and gives checkmate.
 
 SALVIO. 241 
 
 SITUATION. 
 
 White. 
 
 K. at adversary's Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 Q. Kt. P. at adversary's Q. Kt. third square. 
 Q. R. P. at adversary's Q. R. fourth square. 
 
 Black. 
 K. at his Q. Kt. second square. 
 
 Q. R. P. at its third square. 
 
 This game is drawn, the White being unable 
 
 to win. Salvio does not point out the Black's 
 
 best moves ; but they are not difficult to find 
 
 out. 
 
 Ex. 
 
 I. 
 
 W. K. to adversary's Q. third square. 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square, or (a) 
 
 1. 
 (a) W. 
 
 B. K. to his Q. B. square. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. to adversary's Q. B. third square, 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square. 
 
 R
 
 242 salvio. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. to adversary's Q. B. third square. 
 B. K. to Q. B. square. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. Kt. P. checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square, &c. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 ii. K. to bis Q. R. second square. 
 
 White cannot support the pawn without stalemating his ad- 
 versary.
 
 salvio. 243 
 
 SITUATION. 
 
 White. 
 
 K. at adversary's Q. B. fourth square. 
 K. B. at its third square. 
 
 Q. Kt. P. at adversary's Q. Kt. third square. 
 Q. R. P. at adversary's Q. R. fourth 
 square. 
 
 Black. 
 K. at his Q. R. square. 
 
 Q. Kt. P. at its own square. 
 Q. R. P. at its third square. 
 
 This also is a drawn game, as White never 
 can take Queen's Knight Pawn without losing 
 his Bishop, and the Situation will then be simi- 
 lar to the last. 
 
 If the White had a Knight instead of a Bishop, 
 he might win, but only by the following 
 method : 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. to adversary's Q. third square. 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square. 
 R 2
 
 244 SALVIO. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. to adversary's Q. second square. 
 B. K. to his Q. R. square. 
 
 3. 
 JV. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. to adversary's Q. square. 
 B. K. to Q. R. square. 
 
 5. 
 
 IV. Kt. to adversary's Q. B. third square. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. P. is compelled to take the Kt. 
 
 6. 
 
 IV. K. to adversary's Q. B. square, or second 
 
 square. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square. , 
 
 7. 
 IV. Q. Kt. P. checks. 
 
 B. K. to his Q. R. second square. 
 
 8. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. P. becomes a Queen, and checkmates.
 
 salvio. 245 
 
 SITUATION. 
 
 White. 
 
 K. at adversary's Q. Kt. square. 
 Q. 11. at its Q. B. square. 
 
 Q. Kt. P. at adversary's Q. Kt. second 
 square. 
 
 Black. 
 
 K. at his Q. square. 
 
 Q. R. at adversary's Q. R. second square. 
 
 White has only one method of winning. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. Rook to adversary's Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Rook to adversary's Q. R. square. 
 
 2. 
 TV. Rook to adversary's Q. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 B. K. to his second square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. to adversary's Q. B. second square. 
 B. Rook to adversary's Q. B. square, and 
 checks.
 
 246 salvio. 
 
 4. 
 
 TV. K. to adversary's Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 B. Rook to adversary's Q. Kt. square, and 
 
 checks. 
 
 5. 
 
 W. Interposes his Rook, and, of course, wins 
 
 the game.
 
 salvio. 247 
 
 SITUATION. 
 
 Black. 
 
 K. at his Rook's second square. 
 Q. at her Kt. fourth square.- 
 K. R. at its B. square. 
 
 K. Kt. P. at adversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 K. R. P. at adversary's K. R. third square. 
 
 White. 
 K. at his Rook's square. 
 Q. P. at adversary's Q. second square. 
 
 Black undertakes to checkmate in nine moves 
 at most, under the stipulation of checking with 
 one of his pawns, and checkmating the next 
 move with the other : he engages also not to 
 take the White pawn, even if it become a 
 Queen. 
 
 1. 
 B. Q. to her B. third square, and checks. 
 W. K. to his Kt. square.
 
 248 8ALVIO. 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. to her Kt. third square, and checks. 
 IV. K. to his It. square. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. Q. to her own square. 
 W. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. Rook to adversary's K. B. second square. 
 IV. K. to his R. square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. to his R. third square. 
 IV. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 (?. 
 
 li. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 IV. The Pawn becomes a Queen, or {a) 
 
 6. 
 
 (a) B 
 
 W. K. to his R. square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. ft. fourth xjiun 
 H". The P. pushes to Queen. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. Kt. P. checks. 
 W. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. It. P. gives rheckmntr.
 
 salvio. 249 
 
 7. 
 
 &. K. R. P. checks. 
 IV. K. to his R. square. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. Kt. P. gives checkmate.
 
 250 SALVIO. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square: 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 
 square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 IF. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. B. P. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. B. P.
 
 SALVIO. 
 
 251 
 
 8. 
 W. K. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 9- 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square, or fa) or (b) 
 B. Q. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 (a) At the ninth move, instead of moving K. Kt. to its B. 
 third square, White may play as follows : 
 
 IV. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 10. 
 W. K. to his R. square. 
 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 11. 
 W. K. R. to its B. square. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 If he were to take the Kt. either with his Q. or R. P., he 
 
 would be checkmated very speedily, particularly in the latter 
 
 case ; therefore 
 
 12. 
 W. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 B. K. castles, and will win the game. 
 
 (b) At the ninth move, instead of K. Kt. to its B. third 
 square, or K. R. P. one square, White ought to move, 
 
 W. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 B. Q. takes K. R. P., and checks.
 
 252 SALVIO. 
 
 10. 
 
 IV. K. to his R. square. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt.square, and checks. 
 
 11. 
 IV. K. Kt. or K. It. takes Q. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. second square, 
 and gives checkmate. 
 
 White at the seventh move, instead of taking 
 K. P. with Q. B. P., may take K. B. P. with 
 his K. B., giving check ; and if Black take that 
 Bishop, White ought to check with his K. Kt. 
 on the adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, and 
 afterwards take K. Kt. with his Queen. If 
 Black should decline taking K. B., and, instead 
 of it, should move his K. to his B. square, White 
 must move his Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. 
 fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 
 W. K. to hisB. square. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. square, and checks. 
 
 11. 
 
 T. K. to liis second square. 
 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P., and thus gains three paums for his 
 Q. Kt., beside having an advantageous situation.
 
 salvio. 253 
 
 At the seventh move, White may also play 
 his K. R. P. one square ; and, after the Black 
 has retreated with his Kt., White may take 
 K. P. with his Q. B. P. 
 
 At the eleventh move of Variation (a), when 
 Black plays his Q. P. two squares, White, in- 
 stead of taking it, ought to move his K. B. to 
 his K. second square, and Black would have a 
 had game ; therefore Black's tenth move, " K.B. 
 takes Q. Kt." is, in reality, exceptionable ; he 
 ought, instead of that move, to play his 
 
 Q. to adversary's K. Kt. third square. 
 11. 
 
 TV. K. R. P. is obliged to take K. Kt. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 12. 
 
 TV. Q. takes K. B. or (a) 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 12. 
 
 r a) W. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's R. fourth square, and check
 
 254 salvio. 
 
 13. 
 TV. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 B, Q. takes K. R., giving check, and after- 
 wards Q. B , &c. 
 
 13. 
 W. Q. B. covers the check. 
 B. K. B. to its K. fourth square. 
 
 14. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. The Bishop takes it. 
 
 15. 
 W. K. R. to its K. second square. 
 B. Q. P. one square, and Black has four pawns for 
 his adversary's Knight.
 
 salvio. 255 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. B. third square. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to its Q. B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 W. The same. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. to his Kt. square, and K. R. to its K. 
 
 square. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its K. B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 JV. K. to his Kt. square, and K. R. to its K. 
 square. 
 
 6. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 W. K. Kt« to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square.
 
 256 SALVIO. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 
 JV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 JV. The same. 
 
 4. 
 
 JB. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K« 
 
 square. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 JV. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 
 square. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. P. takes Q. P. or (a) 
 
 ^~ 
 
 (a) B < 
 
 W. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square.
 
 SALVIO. 257 
 
 7. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 JV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, 
 or (b) 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 JV. K. Kt. takes K. B. P., &c. 
 
 7. 
 ,B. Q. P. takes K. P. or (d) 
 W. Q. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 
 (d) B. Q. P. one square. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its square. 
 
 7. 
 (V B 
 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, and 
 Black will recover his Pawn with a better situation.
 
 . I 
 
 258 salvio. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. takes the B. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. to her B. fourth square, and checks. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. takes K. B. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 7. 
 JV. Q. to K. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square, &c. The 
 Black has a very good game.
 
 salvio. 259 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 I?. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 /F. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 i?. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. B. P. 
 
 B. K. takes Kt. 
 
 7. 
 /F. Q. to her K. B. third square, and checks. 
 B, K. to his third square. 
 S S
 
 260 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 JV. K. to his R. square, and R. to its K. square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. to his Q. third square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. Q. Kt. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 12. 
 W. K. B. takes Kt. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes K. B. 
 
 13. 
 
 JV. K. R. takes K. P., and White will win the 
 game easier than if he take K. P. with his 
 Q. P., giving check. 
 
 FIRST VARIATION of this GAME, 
 l. 
 
 W. K. P. t ico squares. 
 R. The same.
 
 SALVIO. 261 
 
 2. 
 \V. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt.to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 IV, K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square, and White will 
 have the best of the game. 
 
 SECOND VARIATION of this GAME. 
 ]. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B . The same.
 
 262 salvio. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. tliird square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. tliird square. 
 
 4. 
 \V. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. B. P. 
 B. K. takes Kt. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. to her K. B. third square, and checks. 
 B. K. to his third square. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 IV. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 
 square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square, and then 
 Q. R. P. one square, &c.
 
 salvio. 263 
 
 THIRD VARIATION of this GAME. 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Tfie same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 6. 
 
 W. K. Kt. takesK.B.P. 
 B. K. takes Kt. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. to her K. B. third square, and checks. 
 B K.to his third square. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 1 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. second square.
 
 264 salvio. 
 
 W. K. to his R. square, and R. to its K. square, 
 B. Q.B. P. one square, 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K.to his Q. third square. 
 
 n. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes Q. Kt. 
 12. 
 
 TV. Q. P. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 B. K. to his Q. B. third square, or (aj 
 
 11. 
 
 (a) W. 
 
 B. K. to his Q. B. second square. 
 
 12. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 
 13. 
 W. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square, and checks. 
 B. K. to hU Q. Ht. third square. 
 
 14. 
 
 W. Q. R. to its Q. square. 
 B. Q. to K. square.
 
 SALVIO- 265 
 
 13. 
 
 IF. Q. to her B. third square. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. or (bj 
 
 14. 
 W. Q. takes the P., and checks. 
 B. Must lose. 
 
 Salvio does not continue this game. — The 
 following moves appear calculated to win it 
 speedily: 
 
 15. 
 W. Q. to her K. third square, and checks. 
 J5. K. tojiis Q. B. third square. 
 
 16. 
 W. Q. R. to adversary's Q. third square, and 
 
 checks. 
 B. K. to his Q. B. second square, (c) 
 
 13. 
 
 (h) W. 
 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 14. 
 W. Q. checks at her K. B. third square, or retires to 
 her Kt. third square. 
 
 (c) If he should move his King to his Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 you must move your Queen to his K. fourth square, and he 
 cannot avoid being checkmated.
 
 266 salvio. 
 
 17. 
 TV. Q. to adversary's Q. B. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 B. Kt. interposes. 
 
 18. 
 TV. Q. It. to adversary's Q. second square, and 
 checkmates.
 
 salvio. 267 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. P. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes K. B. P. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 checks. 
 
 6. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. takes K. II.
 
 268 salvio. 
 
 8. 
 
 IF. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. third square, 
 and checks with the Q. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 
 W, K. Kt. takes K. R. 
 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 
 JV. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, being 
 the best lie can do. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square, and 
 checks. By this move Black protects 
 his K. R. P., and will ultimately recover 
 the piece, by moving the Q. to her 
 K. B. fourth square.
 
 salvio. 269 
 
 GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 IV. The same. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 
 .B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 IV. Q. to K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. R. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square.
 
 270 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. castles. 
 IV. Q. R. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 W. K. R. P. two squares. 
 
 10. 
 B. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. 
 W. K. R. P. takes K. R. P. 
 
 11. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. K I. fourth square. 
 W. Q. to her K, B. third square. 
 
 12. 
 B. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 JV. K. to his second square, and afterwards Q. 
 to her K. R. third square. 
 
 If at the tenth move, instead of K. Kt. 
 to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, White 
 ■were to move Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth 
 square, Black would recover the advantage he 
 had lost by pushing the K. B. P. one square. 
 
 At the eleventh move, if White were to take 
 K. B. P. with the Kt. instead of taking it with 
 the B., Black would move his K. R. to adver- 
 sary's K. R. square, and check, then check
 
 SALVIO. 271 
 
 again with the Q. on the adversary's K. R. fourth 
 square ; and, K. R. P. heing pushed in the 
 line of the K. Kt, would decide the game 
 in favor of the Black. 
 
 Salvio here leaves off, and says that the 
 White will win. He appears to be correct in 
 his assertion ; but the game is, nevertheless, 
 difficult.
 
 272 salvio. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square, («) 
 
 4. 
 /J^. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares, (bj 
 B. Q. B.to its Q. second square. 
 
 (a) Q. moved to her K. second square would be preferable, 
 as demonstrated in the following Variation, beginning at the 
 fourth move of the White. 
 
 (b) If the White's Queen were not at her K. second square, 
 Black might take K. Kt. with the K. B., and push K. R. P. 
 two squares on the next move.
 
 salvio. 273 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 square. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 9- 
 IV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 
 10. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 11. 
 TV. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 12. 
 IF. K. Kt. to adversary's K. third square. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME. 
 
 i. 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 T
 
 274 salvio. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. to her B. fourth square, and checks. 
 B. K. to his square. 
 
 6. 
 TV. Q. takes K. B., and wins a Pawn.
 
 salvio. 275 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 B. The same, (a) 
 
 4. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square, (b) 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square, (c) 
 
 (a) This is a highly exceptionable move ; instead of it, the 
 Queen ought to be moved to her K. second square. 
 
 (b) Salvio has not directed the White to avail himself of 
 
 his adversary's error : White may play much better, ex. gr. 
 
 4. 
 W. Q. P. two squares (instead of Q. to K. second square). 
 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, giving check. 
 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. takes K. B., and White has a much better game. 
 
 (c) This is also a bad move, though it should seem that
 
 276 salvio. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 6- 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes P. 
 
 7. 
 IV. Q. B. takes K. P. 
 B. K. Kt. to its third square. 
 
 8. 
 //'. Q. B. retires to its K. third square. 
 B. K. B. takes K. B. 
 
 9. 
 JV. Q. takes B. 
 B. K. Castles. 
 
 Salvio knew not how to profit by this mistake. White ought 
 to move as follows : 
 
 5. 
 W. K. B. takes K. B. P., and check*. , 
 
 li. K. takes K. B. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. to herB. fourth square, and checks. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. takes K. B. 
 li. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. takes K. P., and White ought to win the game.
 
 SALVIO. 277 
 
 10. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 B. Q. B. to its K. third square, and Black has 
 a very good game, says Salvio ; hut the 
 superiority of the Black's position is 
 certainly not obvious, and the White's 
 pieces appear to be equally well situated.
 
 278 salvio. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 />. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. P.
 
 salvio. 279 
 
 8. 
 
 W. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 Both games appear equally well opened ; but 
 White ought certainly to take Q. P. with K. P., 
 instead of retiring K. B. to Q. Kt. third square. 
 (Move 7.)
 
 2S0 SALVIO. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 W. The same. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 IV. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 
 square, or (a) 
 JV. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 (a) If, instead of castling, Black should move his Q. P. 
 second square, White ought to play in the following manner :
 
 SALVIO. 281 
 
 7. 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 W. K. R. takes K. Kt. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. R. retakes R. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 9. , 
 B. K. to his Kt. square. 
 W. K. Kt. takes K. R., &c. 
 
 The three last moves of the White are skilful, 
 and Salvio seems to have inserted this Game 
 merely to introduce them : nevertheless, the 
 Black has the hetter game, for he has seven 
 pawns to six, and his situation is not inferior. 
 After the White has taken the King's Rook 
 (Move 9), Black ought to move his Q. to her 
 K. second square. 
 
 W. K. B. takes Q. P. 
 
 6. 
 
 - 7. 
 
 B. Q. takes B. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square, which forces Kt. and Pawn, 
 and gives White a superior situation.
 
 282 salvio. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 3. 
 B. Kt. takes K. P. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 W. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 and checks. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 W. KB. to its Q. R. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 W. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. B. fourth square, and 
 Black will remain with a pawn more.
 
 salvio. 283 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the fourth move of tlie White. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. Tlie same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B.Jourth square. 
 
 B. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. P. txvo squares. 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 5, 
 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 W. Qk takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 
 B. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 W. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 
 B. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 W. Q. B. P. takes P.
 
 234 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 J5. Q. takes Q. B. P. 
 
 IV. Q. takes Q. B. P., and the game will be 
 equal. 
 
 Another VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the fourth move of the White. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 \V. The same. 
 
 o, 
 
 B . K.Kt.to its B. third square. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 3. 
 B. Kt. takes K. P. 
 W. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. P. tzco squares. 
 Jf. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 W. K. B. P. one square.
 
 salvio. 285 
 
 6. 
 B. K. Kt. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 W. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. to his B. second square. 
 JV. K. B. takes K. B. P. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. Q. to her K. B. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 W. Q. to her K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 10. 
 B. H. to its K. square, giving check, and 
 Black has a hetter game, as his pieces 
 are very advantageously posted. 
 
 If Black were to check (at the 6th move) 
 with the Queen, instead of retiring K. Kt. to its 
 Q. B. fourth square, White would gain a piece 
 by interposing with the K. Kt. P.
 
 286 salvio. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. (Da- 
 miano directs White to move Q. P. one 
 square, in order to support the K. P. ; 
 but Lopez is of opinion that K. B. to its 
 Q. B. fourth square is a better move. 
 (Note by Salvio.) — The Editor coin- 
 cides in opinion with Lopez. 
 4. 
 
 /?. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 IV. Q. P. takes B. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 IV. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks.
 
 salvio. 287 
 
 6. 
 B. K. takes K. B. 
 
 W. Q. to adversary's Q. fourth square, and 
 checks. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. to his own square. 
 TV. Q. takes K. Kt- ; and White has a good 
 game.
 
 2SS SALVIO. 
 
 GAME, 
 l. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 /r. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 H. The same. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. \\. P. two squares. 
 B. K. to his Kt. square, and It. to its K. 
 square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 /?. K. Kt. to its Q. fourth square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. B. takes K. It. P., and checks. 
 #. K. takes B.
 
 salvio. 289 
 
 8. 
 
 1V> K. Kt, to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, 
 
 and checks. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. or {a) 
 
 9. 
 W. K. R. P. takes B., and checks with K. R. 
 B. K. to his Kt. third square, or (b) 
 
 (a) At the eighth move, instead of taking K. Kt. with K. B., 
 Black may play the following moves : 
 
 8. 
 B. K. to his Kt. third square, or (*) 
 
 IV. K. R. P. one square, and checks. 
 B. Cannot avoid being checkmated. 
 
 (*) B. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 9. 
 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 10. 
 W. K. R. P. takes B. 
 
 9. 
 (b) B. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 u
 
 290 SALVIO. 
 
 10. 
 JV* Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 B. K. to his B. fourth square. 
 
 11. 
 IV. Q- to her K. R. third square, and checks. 
 B. K. to his Kt. third square, or to adversa- 
 ry's K. fourth square, and cannot avoid 
 checkmate the ensuing move. 
 
 The moves uf the White are remarkably skil- 
 ful, and the attack exceedingly well conducted. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 11. 
 \Y. Q. to adversary's K. R. square, and checks. 
 B. K. to his B. second square. 
 
 12. 
 W. P. one square, to adversary's K. Kt. third square, 
 
 aud checks. 
 B. K. takes P., or retires to his second square; in 
 either of which cases he may he immediately 
 checkmated.
 
 SALVIO. 291 
 
 GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 3. 
 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 square. 
 
 6. 
 
 TV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 
 U 2
 
 292 salvio. 
 
 8. 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 9. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 JV. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 II. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 12. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its R. second square. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 13. 
 JV. K. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 14. 
 JV. K. R. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. B. takes K. R. P. 
 
 15. 
 JV. Q. to her K. B. second square. 
 B. K. B. takes K. R. 
 
 16. 
 IV. Q. takes K. B., and must win the game.
 
 . salvio. 293 
 
 # GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 I?. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 2. 
 /F. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 
 /F". K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. 13. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 
 IV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. Q. B. to its Kt. second square.
 
 294 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. B. to its third square. 
 B. Q. to her second square. 
 
 9. 
 IV. K. to his R. square, and R. to its B. square. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. to his Q. Kt. or B. square, and R. to 
 its Q. square. 
 
 This Game appears to be exceedingly ill 
 played.
 
 SALVIO. 295 
 
 GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 2 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 3 
 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Q. B. P; two squares. 
 
 4. 
 
 jr. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 B. K. B. P. two squares, or (a) 
 
 (a) Instead of pushing K. B. P. two squares, Black may play 
 the following moves : 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. to her B. second square.
 
 296 salvio. 
 
 7. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. Kt. retires. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. (*) 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its K. Kt. third square, and both games are 
 equally good. 
 
 (*) According to the present system, this pawn ought to be taken 
 en passant.
 
 SALVIO. 297 
 
 GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 Z/ 7 . K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 J5. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. II. P. one square, or fa) 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 (a) W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 B. K. 11. P. oue square. 
 
 7- 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square.
 
 i*98 SALVIO. 
 
 7. 
 
 TV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. to her B. second square. 
 
 8. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 B. K. to Q. It. square, and R. to Q. B. 
 
 square, and both games are equally 
 
 good. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. to her K. R. third square. 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 W. K. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares.
 
 salvio. 299 
 
 GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 B. Q. takes P. 
 
 3. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 B. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to her second square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its third square. 
 JB. Q. B. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 
 7. 
 IF. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square.
 
 300 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 
 square. 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 10. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. takes K. P. (a) 
 
 B. K. to bis R. square, and R. to its K. 
 
 square. 
 
 11. 
 
 IV. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 12. 
 IV. Q. Kt. takes K. B., and checks. 
 B. K. R. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 13. 
 TV. K. R. takes R. 
 B. Q. takes R., &c. 
 
 The moves of the Black are certainly ill 
 played, and the Game, upon the whole, is badly 
 opened. 
 
 (a) If White take K. P. with the Bishop, Black will force 
 an exchange of Queens, by pushing Q.B. P., ami have a good 
 game.
 
 SALVIO. 301 
 
 THE KINGS GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares; 
 B. P. takes P. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 checks. 
 
 6. 
 TV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. . K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 B. P. one squ-ue to adversary's K. B. third 
 square.
 
 302 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. P. takes P. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. third square, and 
 checks. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. to his B. second square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 TV. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 11. 
 
 TV. Q. B. takes K. B. 
 B. R. takes B. 
 
 12. 
 TV. Q. P. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 
 13. 
 
 TV. Q. takes Q. 
 
 B. K. Kt. P. takes Q. 
 
 14. 
 TV. K. takes P. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares.
 
 SALVIO. 303 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at the eighth move of the White. 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. P. takes P. 
 
 3. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 W. K.B.to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K . fourth square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and checks. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. to his B. square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. P. one square to adversary's K. B. third square. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. third square, and 
 checks.
 
 304 SALVIO. 
 
 £>. 
 IV. K. to his B. second square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. second square, and 
 checks. 
 
 10. 
 
 TV. K. to his third square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square, (a) 
 
 10. 
 
 (a) W. 
 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 
 W. K. B. to its square. 
 B. Q. takes R. 
 
 12. 
 
 IV. K B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 B. Q. B. P. interposes. 
 
 13. 
 W. "B. takes P., and checks. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. takes B. 
 
 14. 
 
 W. Q. takes Q., &c. 
 
 B. Although the Black has lost his Queen, he has, in 
 my opinion, a good gaiue ; for, hy taking the 
 K. Kt. with his Q. P., he gets tlirce pieces for her.
 
 salvio. 305 
 
 11. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its Q. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. second square. 
 
 12. 
 TV. Kt. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its R. third square. 
 
 X
 
 306 SALVIO. 
 
 SECOND GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV* K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes P. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. Kt, to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 checks. 
 
 6. 
 TV. K. to his B. square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 7. 
 TV, Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. one square.
 
 SALV10. 
 
 307 
 
 8. 
 W, K. Kt. to its Q. third square. 
 B. P. one square to adversary's K. B. third 
 square. 
 
 9. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 If, instead of retiring the Q. to her K. second 
 square, Black were to move his Q. to the ad- 
 versary's K.. R. third square, giving check, 
 White should retire his K. to his own square ; 
 and then, if Black should move his Q. to ad- 
 versary's K. Kt. second square, White must 
 move his K. Kt. to its B. second square, and 
 afterwards his K. B. to its own square, thus 
 forcing the Queen, 
 
 X2
 
 308 SAL VI o. 
 
 THIRD GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. P. takes P. 
 
 3. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 M. K. II. P. two squares, or (a) 
 
 (a) I fat the fifth move.insteatl of pushing K.R.I*. two squares, 
 Black were to move the Q. to her K. second square, White 
 must not take K. Kt. P. with his Kt., hecause Black would 
 have a better game by pushing Q. P. or K. B. P. two squares ; 
 but White must move his Q. P. two squares, and, if Black 
 should then push his Q. P. one square, White may take 
 K. Kt. P. with his Kt. without any danger.
 
 salvk). 309 
 
 6. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. third square. 
 
 8. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. K. B. to its Kt. third square, or its Q. 
 
 third square. 
 B. Q. P. one square, and Black has the best 
 of the Game.
 
 310 SALVIO. 
 
 FOURTH GAMBIT. 
 I. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes P. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. P. takes K. B. P., or pushes K. P. or (a) 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, aud 
 checks. 
 
 4. 
 (a) W. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and checks. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. to his B. square. 
 B. R. takes B. 
 
 6. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square, or K.P. takes K. B. P. 
 B. Q. to her K. B. third square, and Black w\\\ hy 
 this move preserve the advantage of a pawn.
 
 SALVIO. 311 
 
 5. 
 
 IV. K. to his B. square. 
 
 B. K» P. one square to adversary's K. B. third 
 
 square. 
 
 6. 
 TV. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. P. takes K. Kt. P., and checks. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. takes P. 
 B. K. R. takes B., and Black has a much better 
 
 game than his adversary. 
 
 VARIATION of this GAME, 
 
 Beginning at tJie fourth move of the White, 
 
 1. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 
 B. The saine. 
 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes P. 
 
 If White should take K. B. P. with K.P., Salvio's asser- 
 tion appears to be incorrect ; as in that case, after Black has 
 moved his Q. to his K. B. third square, White may check with 
 his Queen, and then take his Rook's Pawn ; thus not only 
 gaining a pawn, but materially improving his situation.
 
 312 SALVIO. 
 
 s. 
 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K.B. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 
 IV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. B. P. takes K. P. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. takes P., and checks, (a) 
 B. Q. interposes. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. takes Q. 
 B. K. Kt. takes Q. 
 
 (a) This move is, perhaps, an instance of greater carelessness 
 in Salvio than is to be found in any other part of his treatise ; 
 and it is astonishing that so excellent a player should have 
 overlooked the move which the White ought to play : instead 
 of taking K. B. P. and checking, White should move, 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and checks. 
 B. is obliged to move K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 fj. 
 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square, checking, and attack. 
 
 ing K. R. 
 B. Must lose K. R., &c
 
 SALVIO. 313 
 
 7. 
 
 )V. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its third square. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 9. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square, or (b) 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 (b) W. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. R. P. takes K. B. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 
 11. 
 W. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to K. second square, &c.
 
 314 SALVIO. 
 
 FIFTH GAMBIT. 
 
 i. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 checks. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 JV. K. B. P. takes K. P. 
 B. Q. takes P. 
 
 5. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square, or (a) 
 B. Q. takes K. P., and checks. 
 
 (a) Instead of moving K. Kt. to its B. third square, 
 White may play as follows: 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square.
 
 SALVIO. 315 
 
 TV. K. to his B. second square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square, and 
 checks, or (b) 
 7. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. P. one square, &c. White has by much the better 
 game of the two. 
 
 6. 
 (b) B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 7- 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. P. two square-, ike.
 
 316 SALVIO. 
 
 9. 
 
 W. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 B. Cannot take the Bishop, and the White 
 has therefore the better game. 
 
 The fifth and sixth moves of the White are 
 exceedingly skilful. In the variations of the 
 King's Gambit, the attacking player may fre- 
 quently improve his situation by allowing his 
 King's pawn to be taken by the Queen.
 
 SALVIO. 3 1 7 
 
 KINGS GAMBIT. 
 
 i. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 JV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 tf 7 . K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Kt. second square, 
 
 5. 
 JV. K. R. P. two squares. 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 
 JV. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. R. P. takes P. 
 
 7. 
 JV. R. takes R. 
 B. B. takes R.
 
 SI 8 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its R. second square. 
 B. Q. to her K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. It. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Kt. second square. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 11. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. B. to its R. third square.
 
 SALVIO. 319 
 
 QUEENS GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. takes Q. B. P. 
 
 3. 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 
 JV. Q. R. P. two squares. 
 B. Q, B. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. Q. R. P. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes P. 
 
 6. 
 
 JV. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 7. 
 /r. Q. Kt. P. takes P. 
 B. Q. R. P. two squares.
 
 320 SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 IV. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 9. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 IF. Q. P. one square. 
 B. Has a crowded and bad game. 
 
 SALViohasnot observed, that the Queens 
 Gambit's pawn should never be defended. 
 Against a skilful opponent, a player who defends 
 the Queen's Gambit's pawn cannot avoid losing 
 the game.
 
 SALVIO. S21 
 
 ANOTHER METHOD OF PLAYING THE 
 QUEEN'S GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 TV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. takes Q. B. P. 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 TV. Q. R. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. R. P. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes P. 
 
 6. 
 TV. Q. to her K. B. third square, and Black 
 cannot avoid losing a piece.
 
 322 salvio. 
 
 ANOTHER METHOD OF PLAYING THE 
 QUEEN'S GAMBIT. 
 
 I. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 JB. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. P. takes P. or (a) 
 
 2. 
 (a) B. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 This move comtitutes the Contra Gambitto. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. R. P. one square. 
 JB. Q. R. P. two squares.
 
 salvio. 323 
 
 3. 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 TV. Q. R. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. R. P. takes Kt. P. 
 B. B. takes P. 
 
 6. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square, or Q. Kt. P. 
 one square, and White will have a good 
 game. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 There seems to be no advantage on either side, but the 
 game is badly opened : and in the Contra Gambitto, as Salvio 
 calls it (that is, when both parties play the Gambit), the^r*^ 
 player appears to have the superiority, and to be able to pre- 
 serve it. 
 
 Y 2
 
 324 salvio. 
 
 ANOTHER METHOD OF PLAYING THE 
 QUEEN'S GAMBIT, 
 
 I. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 IV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square, or {ci) or (b) 
 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 (a) W. K. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square* 
 
 "5. 
 IV. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 6. 
 W. K. B. P. one square. 
 ii. K. to its Kt. square, and R. to its K. square. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. R. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 8. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square.
 
 salvio. 325 
 
 5. 
 TV. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. R. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 (b) W. K. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square, 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 JB. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 W, Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. Ii. P. two squares. 
 
 7. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 
 9. 
 W. K. B. takes Q. B. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. takes Q. B. P. 
 
 10. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 B. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 11. 
 
 W. Q. P. takes B. 
 
 B. Q. to her B. second square. 
 
 12. 
 
 IF. Q. B. to its R. third square, and has a very good game.
 
 326 salvio. 
 
 6. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its R. fourth square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. R. P. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 
 8. 
 TV. Q. R. P. takes P. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. Cannot save his Knight.
 
 salvio. 327 
 
 ANOTHER METHOD OF PLAYING THE 
 QUEEN'S GAMBIT. 
 
 1. 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 W. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 5. 
 IV. Q. B P. one square. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 TV Q. P. takes K. P. 
 
 B. K. B. takes Q. B. P., and both games ap- 
 pear equal.
 
 328' 
 
 SALVIO. 
 
 GAME. 
 
 i. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. The same. 
 
 2. 
 JV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B, Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 
 JV. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 B. The same. 
 
 4. 
 
 JV. K. to his Kt. square, and R. to its K. 
 
 square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 .5. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. to his Kt. square, and K. to its K. 
 square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. P. takes P.
 
 SALVIO. . 329 
 
 7. 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth 
 
 square. 
 B. R. to its B. square, or (a) or (Jb) 
 
 7. 
 (a) B. R. to its K. second square. 
 8. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 
 B, Q. P. two squares. 
 
 9- 
 W. K. P. takes Kt. 
 B. R. takes R. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. takes R. 
 B. Q. P. takes K. B. 
 
 11. 
 W. K. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 
 12. 
 W. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square, and 
 White has the superiority. 
 
 (b) B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 IF. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 JB. R. takes It. 
 
 9. 
 
 W. Q. takes R. 
 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 10. 
 W. Q. to her K. fourth square, &c.
 
 SSO SALVIO. 
 
 8. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. square. 
 
 9. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 B. Must lose the game.
 
 SALVIO. 331 
 
 PAWN AND MOVE. 
 
 l. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 
 IV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 a. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 
 3. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. takes it. 
 
 W. K. Kt. P. takes Q. B. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 TV. Q. to her K. second square, or (a) 
 
 7. 
 (a) W. K. to his B. second square. 
 8. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 W. K. B. takes it.
 
 332 salvio. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 IV. Q. takes it. or (b) or (c) or (d) 
 
 9- 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. R. fourth square. 
 IV. K.to hisKt. second square. 
 
 10. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 XV. Loses irretrievably. 
 
 (b) W. Q. B. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 9- 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square, &c. 
 XV. Must lose the game. 
 
 8. 
 
 (c) W. Q. to her K B. second square. 
 
 9. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 
 W. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. fourth square * 
 
 io. 
 B. Q. takes Q. 
 W. K. takes Q. 
 
 11. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 If". K. to his Kt. second square. 
 
 12. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square, <lc. 
 
 9. 
 II K. B. takes Q. P. 
 
 10. 
 ft. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 
 f' . Q. in her K. Kt. second square (or K. second square, or 
 K. B. square.) 
 
 11. 
 «. K. Kt. to its K. R. fourth square. 
 
 It*. Cannot prevent Ins adversary from moving that Kt. to his 
 Bishop'a fourth square, and has therefore a bad game.
 
 salvio. 333 
 
 9. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. R. fourth square. 
 JV. Q. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, and 
 checks. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 JV. K. II. to its Kt. square. 
 
 11. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 JV. K. R. to its K. Kt. second square. 
 
 12. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. B. fourth square. 
 JV. Must lose the game. 
 
 The White's defeat proceeds from his Q. P. 
 being kept at home by the Black's uncommon- 
 ly skilful move of the Q. P. one square (Move 
 the eighth) ; therefore when Black plays Q. B. 
 to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square (Move 
 the fourth), White ought to move Q. P. one 
 square ; and if Black do not immediately take 
 
 8. 
 (d) W. Q. to her K. Kt. second square. 
 
 9- 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square. 
 W. K. B. takes Q. P. 
 
 10. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. R. fourth square, &c.
 
 334 salvio. 
 
 Q. Kt, White may afterwards move K. Kt. to 
 its B. third square. If Black take Q. Kt. with 
 Q. B., White ought to take with K. B., and 
 then move his K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 If Black were not to move Q. B. to adversa- 
 ry's K. Kt. fourth square (Move the fourth), 
 White ought immediately to play Q. Kt. to its 
 K. Kt. third square, afterwards K. Kt. to its 
 B. third square, and then K. B. : this opening 
 would give White a superiority over his oppo- 
 nent.
 
 SALVIO. 335 
 
 SECOND OPENING. 
 
 1. 
 
 J9. K. P. two squares. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 
 TV. Q. B. takes it. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. takes Q. B. 
 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 
 6. 
 jB. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square, &c. 
 
 This Opening appears very favorable to the 
 White ; it is however extremely dangerous, for 
 if Black, instead of K. B. to its Queen third 
 square (Move the fourth), were to play K. Kt. P,
 
 336 salvio. 
 
 two squares, it would compel White to retreat 
 with Q. B. to its Q. second square ; for if 
 he moved Q. B. to its K. Kt. third square, 
 Black would, I think, win the game by moving 
 his K. P. to adversary's K. third square. It 
 does not appear to me that White could force 
 that Pawn, and he certainly could not move 
 out his pieces as long as it remained at his K, 
 third square.
 
 salvio. 337 
 
 THIRD OPENING. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. P. one square, or («) 
 
 W. Q. B. to its K. B. fourth square, &c. 
 
 3. 
 
 (a) B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and checks. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. takes Q. P. 
 W. Q. takes Q. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. P. takes Q. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. takes Q. P., and the game is nearly equal ; 
 White's position being rather superior to that 
 of the Black, who has, however, seven pawns to 
 six. 
 
 z
 
 538 salvio. 
 
 " This Opening is nearly similar to the last," 
 says Salvio ; but it appears, on the contrary, 
 to be infinitely superior to it, for Black cannot 
 play K. Kt. P. two squares, with any hopes of 
 success. 
 
 Ex. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 W. Q. B. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. K. P. to adversary's K. third square. 
 
 IV. In the last Opening, White cannot gain 
 that pawn ; but in this, he may easily 
 win it, by moving his Queen to her 
 third square, Black being unable to 
 move his Queen to her King's second 
 square, on account of White's Q. Kt., 
 which would take Queen's Pawn and 
 then King's Pawn, &c.
 
 salvio. 339 
 
 FOURTH OPENING. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. one square. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square, or (a) 
 
 TV. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 
 2. 
 (a) B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, for b) 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 W. Q. to her K. R. fourth square, for c) 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 W . Has a very bad game. 
 
 2. 
 
 (b) W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 W. The same. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 White has a very good game. I think that Black, instead of 
 moving Q. P. two squares (Move the third), ought to move K. P, 
 one square. 
 
 If Black, instead of K. P. one square (Move the fourth), should 
 take Q. P. with K. P., White must take with his K. P. to make way 
 ibr his Q. B. 
 
 Z 2
 
 \ 
 
 340 SALVIO. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. Q- to her K. second square. 
 W. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 W. Q. to her K. R. fourth square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 
 • 6. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 W. The same. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 JV. Q. B. to its Q. second square, &c. % 
 
 3. 
 (c ) W. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 W. Q. to her K. Kt. third square. 
 5. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 W. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square, &c.
 
 SALVIO. 
 
 341 
 
 This Opening is very favorable to the White ; 
 but it arises from the Black's playing most in- 
 judiciously his K. B. to its Q. B. fourth square, 
 (Move the second.) It appears to me, that, 
 if Black had played almost any other move, 
 White could not, with any propriety, play his 
 Queen to adversary's King's Rook fourth 
 square. • • . -
 
 342 
 
 SALVIO. 
 
 FIFTH OPENING. 
 
 i. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. P, one square. 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 fV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 3. 
 J3. K. P, one square. 
 W. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 4, 
 B- Q. B. P. one square, 
 W. Q. B. B. takes Q. P. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes Q. B. P. 
 TV. Q. to her R. fourth square, and checks. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. Kt. interposes at B. third square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, and 
 
 checks, (a) 
 JV. K. Kt, P. one square. 
 
 (a) This is a very bad move.
 
 SALVia 
 
 343 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. to her own square. 
 W. K. B. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 W. The same. 
 
 10. 
 
 B. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square. 
 
 11. 
 
 B. Q. R. P. one square. 
 
 TV. If K. B. take Q. Kt., K. Kt. must take 
 K. B. ; and if White move K. B. to its 
 K. second square, Black may move 
 K. Kt. to its third square. 
 
 The White has a good game, but Black has 
 played remarkably ill : if he had played pro- 
 perly, White must have lost a pawn, and his 
 situation would, beside, be very inferior to his 
 adversary's. 
 
 Ex. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 IV. K. P. one square.
 
 344 salvio. 
 
 2. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 TV. The same. 
 
 3. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 5. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 IV. K. B. to its Kt. second square, or (a) or (b) 
 
 5. 
 
 (a) W. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 W. Cannot take K. P. without losing either K. Kt. or 
 
 K. R. 
 
 5. 
 
 (b) W. K. to his B. second square. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 W. Q. takes Q. B. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. takes Q. B. P., and checks. 
 
 W. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 IV. Has a very bad game.
 
 salvio. 345 
 
 6. 
 B. K. P. takes Q. P. 
 
 W. Cannot take K. P. with any of his pieces ; 
 and were he to take with his Queen, 
 7. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt., and wins a piece, &c.
 
 346 
 
 The following Games were played by two Gentlemen 
 who have a predilection for t hit Gambit, and who rank as very 
 good Players : they are here inserted, from a belief that they 
 are likely to assist the Amateur in acquiring a successful Sys- 
 tem of Defence against the exceedingly powerful Attack which 
 the Sacrifice of the King's Knight gives the Gambit Player. 
 
 FIRST GAME. 
 
 l. 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 2. 
 
 B. K. B. P two squares. 
 TV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 
 B. K. B. to Q. B. fourth square. 
 IV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. castles. 
 W. K. Kt. P. takes K. Kt.
 
 34T 
 
 6. 
 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. at K. B. third square. 
 IV. K. B. to its R. third square. 
 
 7. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 8. 
 
 B> Q. B. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. to K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 ]V. Q. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 10, 
 
 B. K. B. to Q. Kt, third square. 
 W. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 
 11. 
 B. Q. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 \% 
 B. Q. to K. second square. 
 TV. K. P. one square to adversary's K. B. third 
 square. 
 
 13. 
 
 J5. K. Kt. P. takes K ? P. 
 
 TV. K. R. to its Kt. square, and checks.
 
 348 
 
 14. 
 B. K. to his R. square. 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 15. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to K. Kt. third square. 
 
 16. 
 
 B. Q. to K. B. second square. 
 
 TV. Q. Kt. to adversary's K. B. fourth square. 
 
 17. 
 
 B. Q. R. to its K. square. 
 
 TV. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 
 18. 
 B. Q. to her fourth square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to adversary's K. R. third square. 
 
 19. 
 B. Q. to K. R. fourth square. 
 TV. K. B. to Kt. fourth square. 
 
 20. 
 
 B. Q. to her R. fourth square. 
 TV. K. B. takes Q. P. 
 
 21. 
 B. K. R. to B. square. 
 TV. Q. to her B. fourth square.
 
 349 
 
 22. 
 
 B. Q. to her fourth square. 
 IV. Q. takes Q. 
 
 23. 
 
 B. Q. B. P. takes Q. 
 W. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 
 24. 
 B. Q. R. takes K. B. 
 IV. K. to Q. second square. 
 
 25. 
 -B. K. Kt. P. one square to K. B. fourth 
 
 square. 
 IV. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 26\ 
 B. Q. R. to Q. B. third square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 
 27. 
 
 B. Q. R. to K. Kt. third square. 
 
 IV. Q. B. to adversary's K. second square. 
 
 28. 
 
 B. K. R. to K. square. 
 
 //^. Q. B. to adversary's K. B. third square, 
 and checks.
 
 350 
 
 29. 
 B. Q. R. takes Q. B. 
 JV. Q. Kt. checks at adversary's K. B. second 
 
 square. 
 
 30. 
 B. Q. R. takes it. 
 
 JV. K. Kt. takes Q. R., giving checkmate. 
 
 SECOND GAME. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 
 JV. The same. 
 
 t. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 JV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 JV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. to Q. B. fourth square. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. castles. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. takes K. Kt.
 
 351 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. atK. B. third square- 
 TV. K. B. to its R. third square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to B. third square. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 TV. Q. to K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. takes K. P. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. P. takes Q. Kt. 
 W. Q. to her B. fourth square, and checks. 
 
 11. 
 B. K. to his R. square. 
 W. Q. takes K. B. 
 
 12. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 TV. Q. to her B. third square. 
 
 13. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 IV. Q. to K. Kt. third square. 
 
 14. 
 B. Q. to K. B. third square. 
 IV. K. Kt. to K. second square.
 
 352 
 
 .15. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 W. K. to Q. square. 
 
 16. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. P. at K. B. fourth square. 
 IV. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 
 17. 
 
 B. Q. takes K. B. 
 
 IV. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 
 18. 
 
 B. K. R. to its B. second square. 
 IV. Q. R. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. fourth square. 
 IV. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 20. 
 
 J5. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 W. Q. B. to its Kt. second square, and checks. 
 
 21. 
 
 B. K. to his Kt. square. 
 
 W. K. R. to its Kt. second square. 
 
 2C. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. B. third square. 
 W. K. to his square.
 
 353 
 
 23. 
 B. Q. R. to K. B. third square. 
 TV. Q. B. to Q. fourth square. 
 
 24. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 25. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. B. P. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 26. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes Q. B. 
 TV. K. Kt. takes Q. B. P. 
 
 . 27. 
 B. Q. to K. B. third square. 
 TV. Q. to B. third square. 
 
 28. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. P. takes it. 
 
 29. 
 B. Q. R. to K. square. 
 TV. Q. R. to Q. B. square. 
 
 50. 
 B. Q. R. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to adversary's K. third square. 
 
 A a
 
 354 
 
 31. 
 B. Q. R. takes Q. Kt. 
 TV. Q. to adversary's Q. B. square, and checks. 
 
 32. 
 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 TV. P. takes Q. R. 
 
 33. 
 B. K. R. to its B. square. 
 TV. Q. t to adversary's Q. second square, and 
 checks. 
 
 34. 
 
 B. K. to his R. third square. 
 TV. P. one square. 
 
 35. 
 B. K. R. to its B. square. 
 W. Q. to K. R. square, and checks. 
 
 36. 
 
 B. K. to his Kt. second square. 
 IV. P. one square, becomes a Knight, and 
 checks. 
 
 37. 
 B. Loses his Q. and the game.
 
 355 
 
 THIRD GAME. 
 
 l. 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 TV. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 TV. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. to Q. B. fourth^square. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. K. castles. 
 TV K. Kt. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 TV. Q. to K. second square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to B. third square. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to K. fourth square. 
 A a 2
 
 S56 
 
 B. Q. P. take* it. 9 ' 
 
 TV. Q. to her B. fourth square, and checks. 
 
 10. 
 B. K. to R. square. 
 TV. Q. takes K. B. 
 
 11. 
 B. Q. B. takes Gambit's Pawn. 
 TV. K. B. to its R. third square. 
 
 12. 
 B. Q. Kt. to Q. second square. 
 W. Q. to K. third square. 
 
 13. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its third square. 
 W. Q. P. one square. 
 
 14. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its Q. fourth square. 
 TV. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 15. 
 B. Q. P. takes Q. P. 
 TV. Q. takes Q. 
 
 16. 
 
 B. K. R. takes Q. 
 TV. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 
 17. 
 B. K. R. takes K. B. 
 TV. Q. B. P. takes Q. P.
 
 357 
 
 18. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. Kt. fourth square, 
 TV. K. to his second square. 
 
 19. 
 B. Q. R. to Q. square. 
 TV. Q. B. to K. third square. 
 
 20. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. B. P. on the adversary's Q. 
 
 third square. 
 TV. Q. R. to Q. square. 
 
 21. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to R, third square. 
 
 22. 
 jB. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 TV. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 23. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 TV. K. R. to Kt. square. 
 
 24. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 TV. K. R. to its Kt. fourth square. 
 
 25. 
 B. Q. R. to K. square. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square. 
 
 26. 
 
 B. K. R. P. one square. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to adversary's K. Kt. third square, 
 
 and checks.
 
 3b8 
 
 27. 
 B. K. to R. second square. 
 TV. Q. B. to Q. fourth square. 
 
 28. 
 B. K. R. to its B. second square. 
 TV. Q. R. to its K. Kt. square. 
 
 29. 
 B. Q. B. P. to adversary's Q. B. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square. 
 
 30. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes it, and checks. 
 TV. K. R. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 91. 
 B. Q. R. to K. second square. 
 W. K. R. takes K. R. 
 
 32. 
 B. Q. R. takes K. R. 
 
 JV. Q. B. takes the P. on its third square, and 
 has the better game.
 
 359 
 
 The following Game is extracted from a very valuable 
 Treatise published at Modena, in \769, ond said to 
 be written by Dr. Ercole del Rio. It is a well played 
 Game, and exemplifies the powerful attack acquired by 
 suffering the Knight to be captured ; thus, tending to 
 establish the truth of this position : " That, if the Ita- 
 lian, method of castling be allowed, the attack will 
 prove irresistible." 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. to Q. B. fourth square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. King to Rook's square, and Rook to B.'s 
 
 square. 
 
 W. K. Kt. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 
 IF. Q. to K. second square.
 
 360 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. Kt. to B. third square. 
 TV. Q. to her B. fourth square. 
 
 8. 
 B. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 TV. K. to his second square. 
 
 9. 
 B. K. B. takes K. Kt. 
 TV. K. R. takes K. B. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 W. K. to his Q. square. 
 
 11. 
 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 W. Q. takes it. 
 
 12. 
 
 B. Q. B. takes Gambit's Pawn, and Black 
 
 must win the game. 
 
 FIRST VARIATION, 
 
 Beginning at tJie seventh move of the White. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. tuo squares. 
 W. Tlie same.
 
 361 
 
 2. 
 B. K. B. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 B. K. Kt. toB. third square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K.B.to Q. B. fourth square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 
 B. King to Rook's square, and Rook to B.'s square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 W. Q. to K. second square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. Kt. to B. third square. 
 W. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. B. takes Gambit's Pawn. 
 W. Q. Kt. to Q. second square. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. B. takes Q. P. 
 IV. Q. takes Q. B.
 
 362 
 
 n. 
 B. K. B. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 JV. K. to Q. square. 
 
 12. 
 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 JV. Q. to K. second square. 
 
 13. 
 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to its third square. 
 
 14. 
 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 JV. Q. B. Pawn takes it. 
 
 15. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. B. P. 
 JV. Q. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 
 
 16. 
 
 B. Q. takes Q. Kt., and checks. 
 JV. K. to his Q. B. second square. 
 
 17. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 JV. Must lose the King's Rook, and the game.
 
 363 
 SECOND VARIATION, 
 
 Beginning at tJw seventh move of the White. 
 
 1. 
 
 B. K. P. two squares. 
 W. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. KB. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. takes it. 
 
 S. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to B third square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K.B. to Q. B. fourth square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. King to Rook's square, and Rook to B.'s square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. takes K. Kt. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 W. Q.toK. second square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. Kt. to B. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. to R. third square.
 
 364 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 JV. K. B. to its Kt. second square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. B. takes Gambit's P. 
 JV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 JV. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 
 11. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 JV. Q. to her K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 12. 
 B. Q. takes K. B. P., and checks. 
 JV. K. to Q. square. 
 
 13. 
 B. Q. Kt. to adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 JV. Q. to her K. Kt. second square. 
 
 14. 
 B. Q. Kt. takes Q. B. P., and Black will win 
 the game. 
 
 N. B. Black ought certainly to move his 
 Queen's Knight to the adversary's Queen's 
 fourth square, instead of his Queen to the ad- 
 versary's K. 11. fourth (Move 1 1th).
 
 365 
 THIRD VARIATION, 
 
 Beginning at the seventh move of the White. 
 
 1. 
 B. K. P. two squares, 
 W. The same. 
 
 2. 
 B. K.B. P. two squares. 
 W. K. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 B. K. Kt. to B. third square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 4. 
 B. K. B. to Q. B. fourth square. 
 W. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 5. 
 B. King to Rook's square, and Rook to B.'s square, 
 W. K. Kt.P.takesK.Kt. 
 
 6. 
 B. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 
 W. Q. to K. second square. 
 
 7. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 TV. K. B. to its R. third square.
 
 366 
 
 8. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 TV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 9. 
 B. Q. B. takes Gambit's Pawn. 
 TV. Q. P. one square. 
 
 10. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. B. 
 TV. K. Kt. takes Q. B. 
 
 11. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. R. fourth square. 
 TV. Q. to her K. B. square. 
 
 12. 
 B. K. R. to adversary's K. B. third square. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its square. 
 
 13. 
 B. K. R. takes K. B. P., and 
 TV. Has a hopeless game.
 
 367 
 
 The Editor is induced to insert the following four 
 Games, from a conviction that they contain several mas- 
 terly moves, and that they are eminently calculated to 
 enable a Player to judge whether moving Queen's Bishop's 
 Pawn two squares be an advantageous debut for the 
 Second Player. 
 
 These Games are extracted from a scarce and valuable 
 Italian Manuscript, which has been very obligingly com- 
 municated to the Editor by E. Morris, Esq., M. P. ; in- 
 disputably one of the most skilful Chess-players of the 
 present day. 
 
 This Opening is called 
 
 IL GIOCHO SICILIANO. 
 
 l. 
 
 TV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 2. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 J5. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 3. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. P. one square.
 
 368 
 
 4. 
 
 W. K. B. to Q. B. fourth square 
 B. K. Kt. to R. third square. 
 
 5. 
 JV. King Castles. 
 B. Q. B. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 6. 
 JV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 JV. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 
 8. 
 W. Q. takes Q. B. 
 B. Q. to her second square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. K. Castles with the Queen's Rook. 
 
 10. 
 JV. K. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. fourth square. 
 
 11. 
 
 JV. Q. to her K. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. takes K. B.
 
 369 
 
 12. 
 JV. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 
 B, Kt. to its Q. R. fourth square. 
 
 13. 
 
 JV. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Kt. to its Q. B. third square. 
 
 14. 
 JV. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. P. takes P. 
 
 15. 
 
 JV. The P. takes the P. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 16. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 17. 
 W. Q. to adversary's K. third square, 
 B. Q. takes Q. 
 
 18. 
 
 IV. P. takes Q. 
 
 B. Kt. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 
 IV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. one square. 
 
 B b
 
 370 
 
 20. 
 TV. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 21. 
 TV. Q. B. to its own square. 
 B. Q. R. to its K. square. 
 
 522. 
 IV. R. to its K. square. 
 B. K. B. to its Q. third square. 
 
 23. 
 TV. Q. R. P. two squares. 
 B. Kt. to its K. B. square. 
 
 24. 
 W. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. Kt. takes P. 
 
 25. 
 TV. Kt. to its K. B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 26\ 
 TV. Kt. to its K. R. second square. 
 B. K. R. P. two squares. 
 
 27. 
 IV. Q. R. P. one square. 
 B. K. R. to its Kt. square. 
 
 28. 
 TV, Q R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square.
 
 371 
 
 29. 
 tV. Kt. to its K. B. square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 30. 
 IV. Kt. to its K. third square. 
 B. Kt. to its Q. B. second square. 
 
 SI. 
 IV. R. to its K. B. square. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 32. 
 IV. Kt. to its Q. square. 
 B. Kt. to its K. third square. 
 
 33, 
 IV. Q. R. to its second square. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 34. 
 W. Kt. to its K. B. second square- 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 35. 
 IV. K. R. P. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. R. P. takes P. 
 
 36. 
 TV. Kt. to its K. R. square, &c. 
 
 Bb 2
 
 372 
 
 SECOND GAME. 
 
 l. 
 
 W. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 €. 
 
 W. Q. Kt. P. two squares'. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes it. 
 
 S. 
 
 IV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 
 JV. Q. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes it. 
 
 5. 
 
 IV. Q. B. takes Q. B. P. 
 B. K. B. takes Q. B. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. It. takes K. B. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 7. 
 ]V. Q. B. P, two squares. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. third square.
 
 373 
 
 8. 
 TV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its square. 
 
 ft. 
 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 10. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. castles. 
 
 H- 
 TV. Q. P. one square. 
 B. P. takes P. 
 
 12. 
 TV. P. takes P. 
 B. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 13. 
 TV. P. one square (to the adversary's Q. third 
 
 square). 
 B. Q. Kt. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 
 14. 
 TV. Q. to her second square. 
 B. Q. to her Kt. third square. 
 
 15. 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square.
 
 374 
 
 16. 
 JV. Q. Kt. to the adversary's Q. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. square, and 
 checks. 
 
 17. 
 JV. K. to his B. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 18. 
 JV. R. to its K. Kt. square. 
 B. Q. to adversary's K. fourth square. 
 
 19- 
 JV. Kt. to adversary's Q. B. second square. 
 B. Rook to its Q. Kt. square. 
 
 £0. 
 JV. K. B. to itsQ. third square. 
 B. Q. takes K. B. P, 
 
 *1j 
 IV. Q. takes Q. 
 B. Kt. takes Q. 
 
 22. 
 IV. B. takes Kt. 
 B. Q. R. P. two squares. 
 
 23. 
 JV. K. R. to its Q. Kt. square. 
 B. R. to its Q. Kt. second square.
 
 375 
 
 24. 
 
 W. K. B. to its K. fourth square. 
 B. R. to its Q. Kt. square. 
 
 25. 
 TV. Q. R. takes Q. R. P. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. takes Q. R. 
 
 26\ 
 TV. K. R. takes R. 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 27. 
 JV. B. to the adversary's Q. fourth square, and 
 
 checks. 
 B. Kt. takes B. 
 
 28. 
 TV. Kt. takes Kt. 
 U. K. to his B. second square. 
 
 29. 
 TV. Kt. to the adversary's K. second square, 
 B. B. to its Q. R. third square. 
 
 30. 
 W. R. takes R. 
 B. K. takes R., &c.
 
 316 
 
 THIRD GAME. 
 
 l. 
 IV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 
 2. 
 W. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 3. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 B. Q. Kt. to its B. third square. 
 
 4. 
 IV. Q. B. P. one square. 
 B. Q. P. two squares.] 
 
 5. 
 IV. K. P. one square. 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 6. 
 W. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. one square. 
 
 7. 
 IV. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 B. K. B. to adversary's K. R. fourth square, 
 and checks.
 
 377 
 
 8. 
 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 B. K. B. to its K. second square. 
 
 9. 
 TV. Q. B. to its K. third square. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square, 
 
 10. 
 
 TV. Q. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its R. third square. 
 
 11. 
 TV. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 12. 
 TV. Q. R. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. R. P. one square. 
 
 13. 
 TV. Q. R. P. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 B. Q. R. P. takes P. 
 
 14. 
 
 TV. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. K. castles. 
 
 15. 
 TV. K. castles. 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square.
 
 378 
 
 16. 
 JV. Q. B. to its K. B. second square. 
 B. R. takes Rook. 
 
 17. 
 JV. Q. takes Rook. 
 B. Kt. takes Q. Kt. P. 
 
 18. 
 JV. P. takes Kt. 
 
 B. B. takes P. 
 
 19- 
 IV. Q. to her Kt. square. 
 B. Q. to her R. fourth square. 
 
 20. 
 JV. Q. to her B. second square. 
 B. 13. to adversary's B. third square. 
 
 JV. K.R. P. onesquare^ &c. 
 
 FOURTH GAME. 
 
 l. 
 
 JV. K. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. two squares.
 
 379 
 
 2. 
 IV. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes it. 
 
 3. 
 
 TV. Q. P. two squares. 
 B. K. P. one square. 
 
 4. 
 
 TV. Q. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. B. P. takes it. 
 
 5. 
 W. Q. B. P. two squares. 
 B. K. B. checks. 
 
 6. 
 IV. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. B. takes Q. B., and checks, 
 
 7. 
 TV. Q. takes Q. B. 
 B. Q. P. two squares. 
 
 8. 
 
 /F. K. P. one square. 
 B. P. takes P. 
 
 9. 
 /F. K. B. takes P. 
 B. Q. Kt. to B. third square.
 
 380 
 
 10. 
 TV. K. Kt. to its Q. second square. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. second square. 
 
 11. 
 TV R. takes P. 
 B. K. castles. 
 
 12. 
 
 IP. K. castles. 
 
 B. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square. 
 
 13. 
 TV. R. to its Q. third square. 
 B. Q. R. P. one square. 
 
 14. 
 TV. K. B. P. two squares. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 15. 
 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. Kt. third square. 
 B. Q. R. P. one square. 
 
 16. 
 
 IV. K. Kt. P. two squares. 
 
 B. Kt. to its K. R. third square. 
 
 17. 
 IV. K. R. P. one square. 
 B. Q. R. P. one square.
 
 381 
 
 18. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. B. second square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 19. 
 JV. K. B. P. one square. 
 B. P. takes P. 
 
 20. 
 TV. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 B. Q. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 21. 
 TV. K. B. to its Q. square. 
 B. Q. to her R. fourth square. 
 
 22. 
 TV. Q. to her K. B. fourth square. 
 B. Q. to her Kt. fourth square. 
 
 23. 
 TV. R. to its K. Kt. third square. 
 B. Q. B. to its Q. second square. 
 
 24. 
 TV. P. takes K. Kt. 
 B. K. Kt. P. one square. 
 
 25. 
 
 TV. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. fourth square. 
 
 B. K. B. P. one square. 
 
 26. 
 TV. P. takes P. 
 
 B. K. R, to its B. second square.
 
 3S2 
 
 27. 
 IV. K. Kt. to its B. fourth square. 
 B. Kt. takes Q. P. 
 
 28. 
 JV. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 
 B. K. Kt. to its K. third square. 
 
 29- 
 JV. Kt. to adversary's K. second square, and 
 checks, at the same time exposing the 
 King to the Queen's check. 
 B. K. to its It. square. 
 
 50. 
 IV. Q. to the adversary's K. Kt. second square, 
 
 and checks, for a) 
 B. K. Kt. takes Q. 
 
 31. 
 JV. K. B. P. takes K. Kt., and checks. 
 B. K. R. takes K. B. P. 
 
 32. 
 JV. K. Kt. P. takes K. It., and checkmates. 
 
 30. 
 (a) IV. Q. to adversary's K. Kt. square, and checks. 
 
 D. Q. It. takes Q. 
 
 31. 
 
 W. It. takes It., and checkmates. 
 FINIS. 
 
 J *>■!«• Complon, Punter, Mirfdia auc.U, 
 Clulh Fair, Loudon.
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 •nro cd-uhi 
 
 
 
 SEP 1 3 197-1 
 
 
 
 r «Rt 
 
 » JAN 5 W* 
 
 "\ •■. S1 1975 , 
 
 
 
 kfcd u> "in. 
 
 
 
 OCT 2 8 1980 
 
 
 
 AUG io 1988 
 
 
 
 ~ ~ r\ ^ 
 
 ■ ° 21989 , 
 APR 1 19 
 
 39 
 
 
 Form L9— Series 444 
 
 
 
 | • TTl 
 
 i- * 
 
 ""l ' f -rr-„ 
 
 Form L9-50m-9,'60(B361084)444
 
 UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 3 1158 00560 9903 
 
 I 
 
 PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
 THIS BOOK CARD^ 
 
 ^•LIBR.\!|Y0/> 
 
 1 If-* <ZL , 
 
 University Research Library 
 
 \\J 
 
 CD